projects / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
history | raw | HEAD
_bfd_real_fopen should not use ccs parameter on Windows
[binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
24 needs them. */
25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
26
27 #include "sysdep.h"
28 #include <stdarg.h>
29 #include "bfd.h"
30 #include "bfdlink.h"
31 #include "libbfd.h"
32 #include "elf-bfd.h"
33 #include "elf/ppc.h"
34 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
35 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
36 #include "dwarf2.h"
37 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
38
39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41
42 typedef enum split16_format_type
43 {
44 split16a_type = 0,
45 split16d_type
46 }
47 split16_format_type;
48
49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
50
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
54 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
55
56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
62
63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
64 section. */
65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
66
67 /* For old-style PLT. */
68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
70
71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 ((4*4 \
75 + (h != NULL \
76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
80
81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
82
83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
87 {
88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
94 0x60000000, /* nop */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 };
97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
99 {
100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
106 0x60000000, /* nop */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 };
109
110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
114 {
115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
121 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 };
124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
126 {
127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 };
136
137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
139
140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
145 a shared library. */
146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
147
148 /* Some instructions. */
149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
156 #define B 0x48000000
157 #define BA 0x48000002
158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
178 #define NOP 0x60000000
179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
180
181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
184
185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
190 \f
191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
192 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
193 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
194 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
195 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
196 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
197 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
198 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
199 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
200 complain, special_func) \
201 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
202 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
203 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
204
205 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
206
207 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
208 /* This reloc does nothing. */
209 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
210 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
211
212 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
213 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
214 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
215
216 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
217 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
218 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
219 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
220
221 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
222 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
223 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
224
225 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
226 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
227 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
228
229 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
230 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
231 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
232
233 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
234 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
235 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
236 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
237
238 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
239 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
240 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
241 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
242
243 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
244 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
245 bits must be zero. */
246 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
247 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
248
249 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
250 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
251 two bits must be zero. */
252 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
253 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
254
255 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
256 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
257 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
258
259 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
260 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
261 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
262
263 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
264 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
265 zero. */
266 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
267 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
268
269 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
270 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
271 be zero. */
272 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
273 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
274
275 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
276 symbol. */
277 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
278 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
279
280 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
281 the symbol. */
282 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
283 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
284
285 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
286 the symbol. */
287 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
288 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
289
290 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
291 the symbol. */
292 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
293 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
294
295 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
296 entry for the symbol. */
297 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
298 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
299
300 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
301 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
302 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
303 shared library into the object, because the object being
304 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
305 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
306 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
307
308 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
309 entries. */
310 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
311 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
312
313 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
314 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
315 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
316
317 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
318 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
319 addend. */
320 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
322
323 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
324 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
326 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
327 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
328
329 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
330 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
331 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
332
333 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
334 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
335 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
336
337 /* 32-bit PC relative */
338 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont,
339 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
340
341 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
342 FIXME: not supported. */
343 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
344 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
345
346 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
347 FIXME: not supported. */
348 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, true, dont,
349 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
350
351 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
352 the symbol. */
353 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
354 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
355
356 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
357 the symbol. */
358 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
359 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
360
361 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
362 the symbol. */
363 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
364 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
365
366 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
367 small data items. */
368 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
369 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
370
371 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
372 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
373 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
374
375 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
376 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
377 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
378
379 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
380 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
381 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
382
383 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
384 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
385 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
386
387 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
388 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
389 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
390
391 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
392 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
393
394 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
395 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
396
397 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
398 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
399 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
400
401 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
402 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
403
404 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
405 definition of its TLS sym. */
406 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
407 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
408
409 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
410 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
411 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
412 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
413 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
414
415 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
416 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
417 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
418
419 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
420 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
421 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
422
423 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
424 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
425 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
426
427 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
428 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
429 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
430
431 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
432 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
433 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
434 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
435
436 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
437 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
438 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
439
440 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
441 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
442 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
443
444 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
445 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
446 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
447
448 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
449 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
450 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
451
452 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
453 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
454 to the first entry. */
455 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
456 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
457
458 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
459 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
460 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
461
462 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
463 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
464 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
465
466 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
467 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
468 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
469
470 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
471 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
472 first entry. */
473 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
474 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
475
476 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
477 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
478 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
479
480 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
481 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
482 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
483
484 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
486 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
487
488 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
489 the offset to the entry. */
490 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
491 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
492
493 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
494 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
495 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
496
497 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
498 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
499 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
500
501 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
502 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
503 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
504
505 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
506 offset to the entry. */
507 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
508 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
509
510 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
511 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
512 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
513
514 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
515 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
516 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
517
518 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
519 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
520 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
521
522 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
523 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
524
525 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
526 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
527 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
528
529 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
530 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
531 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
532
533 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
534 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
535 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
536
537 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
538 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
539 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
540
541 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
542 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
543 is negative. */
544 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
545 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
546
547 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
548 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
549 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
550 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
551 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
552
553 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
554 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
555 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
556 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
557 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
558
559 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
560 small data items. */
561 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
562 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
563
564 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
565 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
566 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
567 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
568 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
569
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
576
577 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
578 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
579 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
580 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
581 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
582
583 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
584 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
586
587 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
588 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
589 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
590
591 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
592 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
594
595 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
596 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
597 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
598
599 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
600 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
601 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
602
603 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
604 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
605 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
606
607 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
608 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
609 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
610
611 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
612 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
613 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
614
615 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
616 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
617 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
618
619 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
620 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
621 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
622 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
623 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
624
625 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
626 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
627 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
628
629 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
630 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
631 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
632
633 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
634 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
635 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
636
637 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
638 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
639 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
640
641 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
642 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
643 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
644
645 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
646 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
647 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
648
649 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
650 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
651 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
652
653 /* e_li split20 format. */
654 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont,
655 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
656
657 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
658 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
659
660 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
661 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
662 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
663
664 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
665 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont,
666 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
667
668 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
669 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
670 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
671
672 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
673 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
674 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
675 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
676
677 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
678 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
679 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
680
681 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
682 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
683 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
684
685 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
686 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
687 NULL),
688
689 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
690 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
691 NULL),
692
693 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
694 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
695 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
696 };
697 \f
698 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699
700 static void
701 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
702 {
703 unsigned int i, type;
704
705 for (i = 0;
706 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
707 i++)
708 {
709 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
710 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
711 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
712 abort ();
713 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
714 }
715 }
716
717 static reloc_howto_type *
718 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
719 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
720 {
721 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
722
723 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
724 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
725 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
726
727 switch (code)
728 {
729 default:
730 return NULL;
731
732 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
736 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
738 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
749 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
751 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
762 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
767 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
769 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
837 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
838 break;
839 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
840 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
841 break;
842 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
843 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
844 break;
845 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
846 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
847 break;
848 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
849 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
850 break;
851 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
852 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
853 break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
862 }
863
864 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
865 };
866
867 static reloc_howto_type *
868 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
869 const char *r_name)
870 {
871 unsigned int i;
872
873 for (i = 0;
874 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
875 i++)
876 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
877 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
878 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
879
880 return NULL;
881 }
882
883 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884
885 static bool
886 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
887 arelent *cache_ptr,
888 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
889 {
890 unsigned int r_type;
891
892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
895
896 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
897 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
898 {
899 /* xgettext:c-format */
900 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
901 abfd, r_type);
902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
903 return false;
904 }
905
906 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
907
908 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
909 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
910 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
911 {
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
914 abfd, r_type);
915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
916
917 return false;
918 }
919
920 return true;
921 }
922
923 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
924
925 static bfd_reloc_status_type
926 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
927 arelent *reloc_entry,
928 asymbol *symbol,
929 void *data,
930 asection *input_section,
931 bfd *output_bfd,
932 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
933 {
934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
935 long insn;
936 bfd_size_type octets;
937 bfd_vma value;
938
939 if (output_bfd != NULL)
940 {
941 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
942 return bfd_reloc_ok;
943 }
944
945 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
946 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
947 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
948 return bfd_reloc_continue;
949
950 value = 0;
951 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
952 value = symbol->value;
953 value += (reloc_entry->addend
954 + symbol->section->output_offset
955 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
956 value -= (reloc_entry->address
957 + input_section->output_offset
958 + input_section->output_section->vma);
959 value >>= 16;
960
961 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
962 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry->howto, abfd,
963 input_section, octets))
964 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
965
966 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
968 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
969 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
970 return bfd_reloc_ok;
971 }
972
973 static bfd_reloc_status_type
974 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
975 arelent *reloc_entry,
976 asymbol *symbol,
977 void *data,
978 asection *input_section,
979 bfd *output_bfd,
980 char **error_message)
981 {
982 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
983 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
984 link time. */
985 if (output_bfd != NULL)
986 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
987 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
988
989 if (error_message != NULL)
990 {
991 static char *message;
992 free (message);
993 if (asprintf (&message, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
994 reloc_entry->howto->name) < 0)
995 message = NULL;
996 *error_message = message;
997 }
998 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
999 }
1000 \f
1001 /* Sections created by the linker. */
1002
1003 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1004 {
1005 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1006 asection *section;
1007 /* Section name. */
1008 const char *name;
1009 /* Associated bss section name. */
1010 const char *bss_name;
1011 /* Associated symbol name. */
1012 const char *sym_name;
1013 /* Associated symbol. */
1014 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1015 } elf_linker_section_t;
1016
1017 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1018 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1019 based on different addend's. */
1020
1021 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1022 {
1023 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1024 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1025 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1026 bfd_vma offset;
1027 /* addend used */
1028 bfd_vma addend;
1029 /* which linker section this is */
1030 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1031 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1032
1033 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1034 {
1035 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1036
1037 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1038 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1039 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1040
1041 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1042 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1043 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1044 };
1045
1046 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1047 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1048
1049 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1050 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1051
1052 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1053 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1054 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1055
1056 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1057
1058 static bool
1059 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1060 {
1061 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1062 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1063 }
1064
1065 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1066
1067 bool
1068 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1069 {
1070 unsigned long mach = 0;
1071 asection *s;
1072 unsigned char *contents;
1073
1074 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1075 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1076 {
1077
1078 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1079 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1080 break;
1081 if (s != NULL)
1082 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1083 }
1084
1085 if (mach == 0)
1086 {
1087 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1088 if (s != NULL
1089 && s->size >= 24
1090 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1091 {
1092 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1093 unsigned int i;
1094
1095 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1096 {
1097 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1098 switch (val >> 16)
1099 {
1100 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1102 if (mach == 0)
1103 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1104 break;
1105
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1108 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1109 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1110 break;
1111
1112 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1113 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1115 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1116 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1117 break;
1118
1119 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1120 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1121 break;
1122
1123 default:
1124 mach = -1ul;
1125 }
1126 }
1127 free (contents);
1128 }
1129 }
1130
1131 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1132 {
1133 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1134
1135 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1136 if (arch->mach == mach)
1137 {
1138 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1139 break;
1140 }
1141 }
1142 return true;
1143 }
1144
1145 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1146 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1147
1148 static bool
1149 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1150 {
1151 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1152 return true;
1153
1154 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1155 {
1156 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1157
1158 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1159 {
1160 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1161 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1162 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1163 }
1164 }
1165 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1166 }
1167
1168 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1169
1170 static bool
1171 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1172 {
1173 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1174 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1175
1176 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1177 elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
1178 return true;
1179 }
1180
1181 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1182
1183 static bool
1184 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1185 {
1186 int offset;
1187 unsigned int size;
1188
1189 switch (note->descsz)
1190 {
1191 default:
1192 return false;
1193
1194 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1195 /* pr_cursig */
1196 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1197
1198 /* pr_pid */
1199 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1200
1201 /* pr_reg */
1202 offset = 72;
1203 size = 192;
1204
1205 break;
1206 }
1207
1208 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1209 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1210 size, note->descpos + offset);
1211 }
1212
1213 static bool
1214 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1215 {
1216 switch (note->descsz)
1217 {
1218 default:
1219 return false;
1220
1221 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1222 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1223 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1224 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1225 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1226 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1227 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1228 }
1229
1230 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1231 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1232 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1233
1234 {
1235 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1236 int n = strlen (command);
1237
1238 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1239 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1240 }
1241
1242 return true;
1243 }
1244
1245 static char *
1246 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1247 {
1248 switch (note_type)
1249 {
1250 default:
1251 return NULL;
1252
1253 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1254 {
1255 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1256 va_list ap;
1257
1258 va_start (ap, note_type);
1259 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1260 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1261 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1263 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1264 -Wstringop-truncation:
1265 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1266 */
1267 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1268 #endif
1269 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1270 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1271 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1272 #endif
1273 va_end (ap);
1274 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1275 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1276 }
1277
1278 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1279 {
1280 char data[268];
1281 va_list ap;
1282 long pid;
1283 int cursig;
1284 const void *greg;
1285
1286 va_start (ap, note_type);
1287 memset (data, 0, 72);
1288 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1289 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1290 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1291 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1292 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1293 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1294 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1295 va_end (ap);
1296 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1297 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1298 }
1299 }
1300 }
1301
1302 static flagword
1303 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1304 {
1305
1306 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1308
1309 return 0;
1310 }
1311
1312 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1313 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1314
1315 static bfd_vma
1316 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1317 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1318 const arelent *rel)
1319 {
1320 return rel->address;
1321 }
1322
1323 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1324 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1325 type. */
1326
1327 static bool
1328 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1329 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1330 const char *name,
1331 int shindex)
1332 {
1333 asection *newsect;
1334 flagword flags;
1335
1336 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1337 return false;
1338
1339 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1340 flags = 0;
1341 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1342 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1343
1344 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1345 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1346
1347 if (startswith (name, ".PPC.EMB"))
1348 name += 8;
1349 if (startswith (name, ".sbss")
1350 || startswith (name, ".sdata"))
1351 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1352
1353 return (flags == 0
1354 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1355 }
1356
1357 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1358
1359 static bool
1360 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1361 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1362 asection *asect)
1363 {
1364 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1365 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1366
1367 return true;
1368 }
1369
1370 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1371 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1372
1373 static int
1374 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1375 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1376 {
1377 asection *s;
1378 int ret = 0;
1379
1380 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1381 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1382 ++ret;
1383
1384 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1385 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1386 ++ret;
1387
1388 return ret;
1389 }
1390
1391 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1392
1393 bool
1394 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1395 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1396 {
1397 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1398
1399 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1400 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1401 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1402 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1403 We maintain the original output section order. */
1404
1405 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1406 {
1407 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1408 size_t amt;
1409 unsigned int j, k;
1410 unsigned int p_flags;
1411
1412 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1413 continue;
1414
1415 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1416 {
1417 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_W;
1419 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1420 {
1421 p_flags |= PF_X;
1422 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1423 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1424 break;
1425 }
1426 }
1427 if (j != m->count)
1428 while (++j != m->count)
1429 {
1430 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1431
1432 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1434 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1435 {
1436 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1437 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1438 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1439 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1440 break;
1441 }
1442 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1443 }
1444 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1445 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1446 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1447 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1448 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1449 {
1450 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1451 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1452 }
1453 if (j == m->count)
1454 continue;
1455
1456 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1457 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1458 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1459
1460 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1461 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1462 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1463 if (n == NULL)
1464 return false;
1465
1466 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1467 n->count = m->count - j;
1468 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1469 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1470 m->count = j;
1471 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1472 n->next = m->next;
1473 m->next = n;
1474 }
1475
1476 return true;
1477 }
1478
1479 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1480 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1481 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1482 2 sections. */
1483
1484 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1485 {
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1490 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1491 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1492 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1493 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1494 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1495 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1496 };
1497
1498 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1499 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1500 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1501
1502 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1503 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1504 {
1505 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1506
1507 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1508 if (sec->name == NULL)
1509 return NULL;
1510
1511 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1512 sec->use_rela_p);
1513 if (ssect != NULL)
1514 {
1515 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1516 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1517 return ssect;
1518 }
1519
1520 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1521 }
1522 \f
1523 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1524 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1525 {
1526 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1527 unsigned long value;
1528 }
1529 apuinfo_list;
1530
1531 static apuinfo_list *head;
1532 static bool apuinfo_set;
1533
1534 static void
1535 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1536 {
1537 head = NULL;
1538 apuinfo_set = false;
1539 }
1540
1541 static void
1542 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1543 {
1544 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1545
1546 while (entry != NULL)
1547 {
1548 if (entry->value == value)
1549 return;
1550 entry = entry->next;
1551 }
1552
1553 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1554 if (entry == NULL)
1555 return;
1556
1557 entry->value = value;
1558 entry->next = head;
1559 head = entry;
1560 }
1561
1562 static unsigned
1563 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1564 {
1565 apuinfo_list *entry;
1566 unsigned long count;
1567
1568 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1569 entry;
1570 entry = entry->next)
1571 ++ count;
1572
1573 return count;
1574 }
1575
1576 static inline unsigned long
1577 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1578 {
1579 apuinfo_list * entry;
1580
1581 for (entry = head;
1582 entry && number --;
1583 entry = entry->next)
1584 ;
1585
1586 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1587 }
1588
1589 static void
1590 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1591 {
1592 apuinfo_list *entry;
1593
1594 for (entry = head; entry;)
1595 {
1596 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1597 free (entry);
1598 entry = next;
1599 }
1600
1601 head = NULL;
1602 }
1603
1604 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1605 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1606
1607 static void
1608 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1609 {
1610 bfd *ibfd;
1611 asection *asec;
1612 char *buffer = NULL;
1613 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1614 unsigned i;
1615 unsigned long length;
1616 const char *error_message = NULL;
1617
1618 if (link_info == NULL)
1619 return;
1620
1621 apuinfo_list_init ();
1622
1623 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1624 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1625 {
1626 unsigned long datum;
1627
1628 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1629 if (asec == NULL)
1630 continue;
1631
1632 /* xgettext:c-format */
1633 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1634 length = asec->size;
1635 if (length < 20)
1636 goto fail;
1637
1638 apuinfo_set = true;
1639 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1640 {
1641 free (buffer);
1642 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1643 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1644 if (!buffer)
1645 return;
1646 }
1647
1648 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1649 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1650 {
1651 /* xgettext:c-format */
1652 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1653 goto fail;
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1657 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1658 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1659 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1660 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1661 goto fail;
1662
1663 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1664 if (datum != 0x2)
1665 goto fail;
1666
1667 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1668 goto fail;
1669
1670 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1671 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1672 if (datum + 20 != length)
1673 goto fail;
1674
1675 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1676 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1677 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1678 }
1679
1680 error_message = NULL;
1681
1682 if (apuinfo_set)
1683 {
1684 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1685 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1686
1687 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1688 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1689
1690 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1691 {
1692 ibfd = abfd;
1693 /* xgettext:c-format */
1694 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1695 }
1696 }
1697
1698 fail:
1699 free (buffer);
1700
1701 if (error_message)
1702 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1703 }
1704
1705 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1706 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1707
1708 static bool
1709 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1710 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1711 asection *asec,
1712 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1713 {
1714 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1715 }
1716
1717 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1718
1719 static void
1720 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1721 {
1722 bfd_byte *buffer;
1723 asection *asec;
1724 unsigned i;
1725 unsigned num_entries;
1726 bfd_size_type length;
1727
1728 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1729 if (asec == NULL)
1730 return;
1731
1732 if (!apuinfo_set)
1733 return;
1734
1735 length = asec->size;
1736 if (length < 20)
1737 return;
1738
1739 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1740 if (buffer == NULL)
1741 {
1742 _bfd_error_handler
1743 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1744 return;
1745 }
1746
1747 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1748 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1749 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1750 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1751 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1752 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1753
1754 length = 20;
1755 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1756 {
1757 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1758 length += 4;
1759 }
1760
1761 if (length != asec->size)
1762 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1763
1764 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1765 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1766
1767 free (buffer);
1768
1769 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1770 }
1771
1772 static bool
1773 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1774 {
1775 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1776 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1777 }
1778 \f
1779 static bool
1780 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1781 {
1782 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1783
1784 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1785 return false;
1786
1787 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1788 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1789 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1790 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1791 }
1792
1793 static bool
1794 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1795 {
1796 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1797 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1798 && section->vma <= vma
1799 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1800 }
1801
1802 static long
1803 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1804 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1805 asymbol **ret)
1806 {
1807 bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool);
1808 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1809 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1810 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1811 bfd_vma stub_off;
1812 asymbol *s;
1813 arelent *p;
1814 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1815 size_t size;
1816 char *names;
1817 bfd_byte buf[4];
1818
1819 *ret = NULL;
1820
1821 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1822 return 0;
1823
1824 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1825 return 0;
1826
1827 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1828 if (relplt == NULL)
1829 return 0;
1830
1831 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1832 if (plt == NULL)
1833 return 0;
1834
1835 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1836 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1837 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1838 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1839
1840 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1841 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1842 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1843 if (dynamic != NULL)
1844 {
1845 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1846 size_t extdynsize;
1847 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1848
1849 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1850 return -1;
1851
1852 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1853 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1854
1855 extdyn = dynbuf;
1856 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
1857 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1858 {
1859 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1860 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1861
1862 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1863 break;
1864
1865 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1866 {
1867 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1868 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1869 if (got != NULL
1870 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1871 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1872 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1873 break;
1874 }
1875 }
1876 free (dynbuf);
1877 }
1878
1879 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1880 if (glink_vma == 0)
1881 {
1882 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1883 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1884 }
1885
1886 if (glink_vma == 0)
1887 return 0;
1888
1889 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1890 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1891 glink stubs now reside. */
1892 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1893 if (glink == NULL)
1894 return 0;
1895
1896 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1897 from the first glink stub. */
1898 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1899 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1900 {
1901 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1902
1903 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1904 insn ^= B;
1905 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1906 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1907
1908 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1909 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1910 for (i = 4;
1911 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1912 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1913 i += 4)
1914 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1915 {
1916 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1917 break;
1918 }
1919 }
1920
1921 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1922 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1923 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1924 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1925 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1926 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1927 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1928 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1929 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1930 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1931 break;
1932 if (stub_delta > 32)
1933 return 0;
1934
1935 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1936 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true))
1937 return -1;
1938
1939 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1940 p = relplt->relocation;
1941 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1942 {
1943 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1944 if (p->addend != 0)
1945 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1946 }
1947
1948 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1949
1950 if (resolv_vma)
1951 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1952
1953 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1954 if (s == NULL)
1955 return -1;
1956
1957 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1958 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1959 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1960 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1961 {
1962 size_t len;
1963
1964 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1965 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1966 stub_off -= 32;
1967 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1968 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1969 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1970 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1971 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1972 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1973 s->section = glink;
1974 s->value = stub_off;
1975 s->name = names;
1976 s->udata.p = NULL;
1977 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1978 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1979 names += len;
1980 if (p->addend != 0)
1981 {
1982 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1983 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1984 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1985 names += strlen (names);
1986 }
1987 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1988 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1989 ++s;
1990 --p;
1991 }
1992
1993 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1994 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1995 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1996 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1997 s->section = glink;
1998 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1999 s->name = names;
2000 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
2001 names += sizeof ("__glink");
2002 s++;
2003 count++;
2004
2005 if (resolv_vma)
2006 {
2007 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2008 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2009 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2010 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2011 s->section = glink;
2012 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2013 s->name = names;
2014 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2015 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2016 s++;
2017 count++;
2018 }
2019
2020 return count;
2021 }
2022 \f
2023 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2024 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2025 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2026 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2027 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2028 called. */
2029
2030 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2031 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2032 struct plt_entry
2033 {
2034 struct plt_entry *next;
2035
2036 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2037 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2038 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2039 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2040 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2041 bfd_vma addend;
2042
2043 /* The .got2 section. */
2044 asection *sec;
2045
2046 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2047 union
2048 {
2049 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2050 bfd_vma offset;
2051 } plt;
2052
2053 /* .glink stub offset. */
2054 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2055 };
2056
2057 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2058 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2059 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2060
2061 static int
2062 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2063 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2064 {
2065 switch (r_type)
2066 {
2067 default:
2068 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2069 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2070 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2071 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2072 return 1;
2073
2074 case R_PPC_REL24:
2075 case R_PPC_REL14:
2076 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2077 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2078 case R_PPC_REL32:
2079 return 0;
2080
2081 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2082 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2083 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2084 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2085 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2086 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2087 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2088 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2089 }
2090 }
2091
2092 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2093 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2094 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2095 shared lib. */
2096 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2097
2098 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2099 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2100 {
2101 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2102
2103 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2104 asection *sec;
2105
2106 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2107 unsigned int count : 31;
2108
2109 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2110 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2111 };
2112
2113 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2114
2115 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2116 {
2117 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2118
2119 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2120 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2121 from the beginning of the section. */
2122 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2123
2124 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2125 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2126 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2127 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2128 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2129 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2130 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2131 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2132 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2133 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2134 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2135 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2136 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2137 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2138 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2139 unsigned char tls_mask;
2140
2141 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2142 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2143 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2144 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2145 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2146
2147 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2148 symbol. */
2149 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2150
2151 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2152 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2153 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2154 };
2155
2156 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2157
2158 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2159
2160 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2161 {
2162 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2163
2164 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2165 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2166
2167 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2168 asection *glink;
2169 asection *dynsbss;
2170 asection *relsbss;
2171 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2172 asection *sbss;
2173 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2174 asection *pltlocal;
2175 asection *relpltlocal;
2176
2177 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2178 asection *srelplt2;
2179
2180 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2181 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2182
2183 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2184 bfd *old_bfd;
2185
2186 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2187 union {
2188 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2189 bfd_vma offset;
2190 } tlsld_got;
2191
2192 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2193 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2194
2195 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2196 unsigned int got_header_size;
2197 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2198 unsigned int got_gap;
2199
2200 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2201 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2202
2203 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2204 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2205 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2206 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2207
2208 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2209 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2210
2211 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2212 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2213
2214 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2215 int plt_entry_size;
2216 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2217 int plt_slot_size;
2218 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2219 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2220 };
2221
2222 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2223 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2224
2225 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2226 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2227
2228 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2229 relocs. */
2230 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2231
2232 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2233 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2234
2235 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2236
2237 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2238 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2239 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2240 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2241
2242 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2243
2244 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2245 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2246 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2247 const char *string)
2248 {
2249 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2250 subclass. */
2251 if (entry == NULL)
2252 {
2253 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2254 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2255 if (entry == NULL)
2256 return entry;
2257 }
2258
2259 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2260 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2261 if (entry != NULL)
2262 {
2263 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2266 }
2267
2268 return entry;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2272
2273 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2275 {
2276 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2277 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2278 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2279
2280 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2281 if (ret == NULL)
2282 return NULL;
2283
2284 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2285 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2286 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2287 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2288 {
2289 free (ret);
2290 return NULL;
2291 }
2292
2293 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2294 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2295 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2296 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2297
2298 ret->params = &default_params;
2299
2300 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2301 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2302 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2303
2304 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2305 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2306 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2307
2308 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2309 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2310 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2311
2312 return &ret->elf.root;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2316
2317 void
2318 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2319 {
2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2321
2322 if (htab)
2323 htab->params = params;
2324 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2325 }
2326
2327 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2328
2329 static bool
2330 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2331 {
2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2333
2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2335 return false;
2336
2337 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2338 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2339 {
2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2341 executable. */
2342 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2345 return false;
2346 }
2347
2348 return true;
2349 }
2350
2351 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2354
2355 static bool
2356 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2357 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2358 flagword flags,
2359 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2360 {
2361 asection *s;
2362
2363 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2365
2366 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2367 if (s == NULL)
2368 return false;
2369 lsect->section = s;
2370
2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2372 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2373
2374 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2375 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2376 return false;
2377 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2378 return true;
2379 }
2380
2381 static bool
2382 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2383 {
2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2385 asection *s;
2386 flagword flags;
2387 int p2align;
2388
2389 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2391 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2392 htab->glink = s;
2393 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2394 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2395 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2396 if (s == NULL
2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2398 return false;
2399
2400 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2401 {
2402 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2404 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2405 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2406 if (s == NULL
2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2408 return false;
2409 }
2410
2411 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2412 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2413 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2414 if (s == NULL
2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2416 return false;
2417
2418 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2420 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2421 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2422 if (s == NULL
2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2424 return false;
2425
2426 /* Local plt entries. */
2427 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2429 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2430 flags);
2431 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2433 return false;
2434
2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2436 {
2437 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2439 htab->relpltlocal
2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2441 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2443 return false;
2444 }
2445
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2447 &htab->sdata[0]))
2448 return false;
2449
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2451 &htab->sdata[1]))
2452 return false;
2453
2454 return true;
2455 }
2456
2457 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2460
2461 static bool
2462 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2463 {
2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2465 asection *s;
2466 flagword flags;
2467
2468 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2469
2470 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2472 return false;
2473
2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2475 return false;
2476
2477 if (htab->glink == NULL
2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2479 return false;
2480
2481 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2482 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2483 htab->dynsbss = s;
2484 if (s == NULL)
2485 return false;
2486
2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2488 {
2489 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2491 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2492 htab->relsbss = s;
2493 if (s == NULL
2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2495 return false;
2496 }
2497
2498 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2500 return false;
2501
2502 s = htab->elf.splt;
2503 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2504 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2506 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2508 }
2509
2510 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2511
2512 static void
2513 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2516 {
2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2518
2519 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2520 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2521
2522 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2523 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2524
2525 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2526 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2527 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2528 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2529 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2530 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2531 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2532
2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2534 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2535 return;
2536
2537 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2538 {
2539 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2540 {
2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2543
2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2546 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2547 {
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2549
2550 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2551 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2552 {
2553 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2554 q->count += p->count;
2555 *pp = p->next;
2556 break;
2557 }
2558 if (q == NULL)
2559 pp = &p->next;
2560 }
2561 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
2562 }
2563
2564 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
2565 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2566 }
2567
2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2570 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2571 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2572
2573 /* And plt entries. */
2574 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2575 {
2576 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2577 {
2578 struct plt_entry **entp;
2579 struct plt_entry *ent;
2580
2581 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2582 {
2583 struct plt_entry *dent;
2584
2585 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2586 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2587 {
2588 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2589 *entp = ent->next;
2590 break;
2591 }
2592 if (dent == NULL)
2593 entp = &ent->next;
2594 }
2595 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2596 }
2597
2598 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2599 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2600 }
2601
2602 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2603 {
2604 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2606 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2607 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2608 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2609 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2610 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2611 }
2612 }
2613
2614 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2616
2617 static bool
2618 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2619 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2620 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 asection **secp,
2624 bfd_vma *valp)
2625 {
2626 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2628 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2629 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2630 {
2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2632 put into .sbss. */
2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2634
2635 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2636 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2637 {
2638 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2639
2640 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2641 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2642
2643 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2644 ".sbss",
2645 flags);
2646 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2647 return false;
2648 }
2649
2650 *secp = htab->sbss;
2651 *valp = sym->st_size;
2652 }
2653
2654 return true;
2655 }
2656 \f
2657 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2658
2659 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2660 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2661 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2662 bfd_vma addend,
2663 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2664 {
2665 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2666 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2667 return linker_pointers;
2668
2669 return NULL;
2670 }
2671
2672 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2673
2674 static bool
2675 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2676 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2677 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2678 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2679 {
2680 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2682 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2683 bfd_size_type amt;
2684
2685 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2686
2687 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2688 if (h != NULL)
2689 {
2690 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2691
2692 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2693 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2694 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2695 rel->r_addend,
2696 lsect))
2697 return true;
2698
2699 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2700 }
2701 else
2702 {
2703 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2704
2705 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2706 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2707
2708 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2709 if (!ptr)
2710 {
2711 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2712
2713 amt = num_symbols;
2714 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2715 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2716
2717 if (!ptr)
2718 return false;
2719
2720 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2721 }
2722
2723 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2724 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2725 rel->r_addend,
2726 lsect))
2727 return true;
2728
2729 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2730 }
2731
2732 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2733 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2734 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2735 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2736 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2737
2738 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2739 return false;
2740
2741 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2742 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2743 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2744 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2745
2746 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2747 return false;
2748 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2749 lsect->section->size += 4;
2750
2751 #ifdef DEBUG
2752 fprintf (stderr,
2753 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2754 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2755 (long) lsect->section->size);
2756 #endif
2757
2758 return true;
2759 }
2760
2761 static struct plt_entry **
2762 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2763 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2764 unsigned long r_symndx,
2765 int tls_type)
2766 {
2767 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2768 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2769 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2770
2771 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2772 {
2773 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2774
2775 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2776 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2777 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2778 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2779 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2780 return NULL;
2781 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2782 }
2783
2784 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2785 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2786 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2787 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2788 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2789 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2790 }
2791
2792 static bool
2793 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2794 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2795 {
2796 struct plt_entry *ent;
2797
2798 if (addend < 32768)
2799 sec = NULL;
2800 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2801 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2802 break;
2803 if (ent == NULL)
2804 {
2805 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2806 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2807 if (ent == NULL)
2808 return false;
2809 ent->next = *plist;
2810 ent->sec = sec;
2811 ent->addend = addend;
2812 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2813 *plist = ent;
2814 }
2815 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2816 return true;
2817 }
2818
2819 static struct plt_entry *
2820 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2821 {
2822 struct plt_entry *ent;
2823
2824 if (addend < 32768)
2825 sec = NULL;
2826 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2827 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2828 break;
2829 return ent;
2830 }
2831
2832 static bool
2833 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2834 {
2835 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2836 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2837 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2838 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2839 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2842 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2843 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2846 }
2847
2848 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2849
2850 static bool
2851 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2852 {
2853 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2854 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2855 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2856 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
2860 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
2861
2862 static bool
2863 offset_in_range (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, size_t size)
2864 {
2865 return offset <= sec->size && size <= sec->size - offset;
2866 }
2867
2868 static void
2869 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2870 {
2871 _bfd_error_handler
2872 /* xgettext:c-format */
2873 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2874 abfd,
2875 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2877 }
2878
2879 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2880 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2881 table. */
2882
2883 static bool
2884 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2885 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2886 asection *sec,
2887 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2888 {
2889 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2890 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2891 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2892 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2893 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2894 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2895 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2896
2897 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2898 return true;
2899
2900 #ifdef DEBUG
2901 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2902 sec, abfd);
2903 #endif
2904
2905 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2906
2907 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2908 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2909 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2910
2911 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2912 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2913 {
2914 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2915 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2916 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2917 return false;
2918 }
2919 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2920 false, false, true);
2921 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2922 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2923 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2924 sreloc = NULL;
2925
2926 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2927 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2928 {
2929 unsigned long r_symndx;
2930 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2932 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
2933 int tls_type;
2934 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2935 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2936 bfd_vma addend;
2937
2938 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2939 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2940 {
2941 h = NULL;
2942 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx);
2943 if (isym == NULL)
2944 return false;
2945 }
2946 else
2947 {
2948 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2949 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2950 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2951 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2952 isym = NULL;
2953 }
2954
2955 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2956 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2957 startup code. */
2958 if (h != NULL
2959 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2960 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2961 {
2962 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2963 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2964 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2965 return false;
2966 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2967 }
2968
2969 tls_type = 0;
2970 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2971 ifunc = NULL;
2972 if (h != NULL)
2973 {
2974 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2975 {
2976 h->needs_plt = 1;
2977 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
2978 }
2979 }
2980 else if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2981 {
2982 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2983 {
2984 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2985 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2986 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2987 if (ifunc == NULL)
2988 return false;
2989
2990 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2991 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2992 no plt calls. */
2993 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2994 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2995 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2996 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2997 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2998 {
2999 addend = 0;
3000 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3001 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3002 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3003 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3004 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3005 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3006 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3007 addend = rel->r_addend;
3008 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
3009 return false;
3010 }
3011 }
3012 }
3013
3014 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
3015 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3016 && h != NULL
3017 && h == tga)
3018 {
3019 if (rel != relocs
3020 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3021 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3022 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3023 reloc. */
3024 ;
3025 else
3026 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3027 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3028 }
3029
3030 switch (r_type)
3031 {
3032 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3033 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3034 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3035 its parameter symbol. */
3036 if (h != NULL)
3037 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3038 else
3039 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3040 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3041 return false;
3042 break;
3043
3044 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3045 break;
3046
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3051 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3052 goto dogottls;
3053
3054 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3055 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3056 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3058 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3059 goto dogottls;
3060
3061 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3062 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3063 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3064 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3065 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3066 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3067 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3068 goto dogottls;
3069
3070 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3071 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3072 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3073 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3074 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3075 dogottls:
3076 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3077 /* Fall through. */
3078
3079 /* GOT16 relocations */
3080 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3081 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3082 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3083 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3084 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3085 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3086 {
3087 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3088 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3089 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3090 return false;
3091 }
3092 if (h != NULL)
3093 {
3094 h->got.refcount += 1;
3095 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3096 }
3097 else
3098 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3099 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3100 return false;
3101
3102 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3103 an ifunc. */
3104 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3105 {
3106 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3107 return false;
3108 }
3109 break;
3110
3111 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3112 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3113 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3114 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3115 h, rel))
3116 return false;
3117 if (h != NULL)
3118 {
3119 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3120 h->non_got_ref = true;
3121 }
3122 break;
3123
3124 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3125 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3126 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3127 {
3128 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3129 return false;
3130 }
3131 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3132 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3133 h, rel))
3134 return false;
3135 if (h != NULL)
3136 {
3137 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3138 h->non_got_ref = true;
3139 }
3140 break;
3141
3142 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3143 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3144 /* Fall through. */
3145
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3148 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3152 if (h != NULL)
3153 {
3154 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3155 h->non_got_ref = true;
3156 }
3157 break;
3158
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3165 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3166 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3167 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3168 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3169 break;
3170
3171 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3172 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3173 {
3174 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3175 return false;
3176 }
3177 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3178 if (h != NULL)
3179 {
3180 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3181 h->non_got_ref = true;
3182 }
3183 break;
3184
3185 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3186 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3188 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3189 if (h != NULL)
3190 {
3191 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3192 h->non_got_ref = true;
3193 }
3194 break;
3195
3196 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3197 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3198 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3199 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3200 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3201 if (h != NULL)
3202 h->non_got_ref = true;
3203 break;
3204
3205 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3206 if (h == NULL)
3207 break;
3208 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3209 goto pltentry;
3210
3211 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3212 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3213 /* Fall through. */
3214
3215 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3216 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3217 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3218 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3219 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3220 pltentry:
3221 #ifdef DEBUG
3222 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3223 #endif
3224 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3225 if (h == NULL)
3226 {
3227 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3228 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3229 if (pltent == NULL)
3230 return false;
3231 }
3232 else
3233 {
3234 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3235 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3236 h->needs_plt = 1;
3237 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3238 }
3239 addend = 0;
3240 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3241 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3242 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3243 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3244 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3245 addend = rel->r_addend;
3246 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3247 return false;
3248 break;
3249
3250 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3251 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3252 section relative. */
3253 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3254 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3255 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3256 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3257 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3258 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3259 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3260 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3261 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3262 break;
3263
3264 case R_PPC_REL16:
3265 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3266 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3267 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3268 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3269 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3270 break;
3271
3272 /* These are just markers. */
3273 case R_PPC_TLS:
3274 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3275 case R_PPC_NONE:
3276 case R_PPC_max:
3277 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3278 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3279 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3280 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3281 break;
3282
3283 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3284 case R_PPC_COPY:
3285 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3286 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3287 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3288 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3289 break;
3290
3291 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3292 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3293 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3294 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3295 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3296 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3297 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3298 break;
3299
3300 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3301 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3302 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3303 {
3304 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3305 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3306 }
3307 if (h != NULL
3308 && ifunc != NULL
3309 && !update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, NULL, 0))
3310 return false;
3311 break;
3312
3313 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3314 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3315 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3316 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3317 return false;
3318 break;
3319
3320 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3321 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3322 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3323 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3324 return false;
3325 break;
3326
3327 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3329 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3330 /* Fall through. */
3331 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3332 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3333 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3334 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3335 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3336 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3337 goto dodyn;
3338
3339 /* Nor these. */
3340 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3341 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3342 goto dodyn;
3343
3344 case R_PPC_REL32:
3345 if (h == NULL
3346 && got2 != NULL
3347 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3348 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3349 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3350 {
3351 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3352 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3353 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3354 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3355 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3356 PLT call stubs. */
3357 asection *s;
3358
3359 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3360 if (s == got2)
3361 {
3362 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3363 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3364 }
3365 }
3366 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3367 break;
3368 /* fall through */
3369
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3371 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3372 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3373 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3375 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3376 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3377 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3378 {
3379 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3380 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3381 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3382 return false;
3383
3384 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3385 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3386 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3387 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3388 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3389 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3391 }
3392 goto dodyn;
3393
3394 case R_PPC_REL24:
3395 case R_PPC_REL14:
3396 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3397 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3398 if (h == NULL)
3399 break;
3400 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3401 {
3402 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3403 {
3404 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3405 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3406 }
3407 break;
3408 }
3409 /* fall through */
3410
3411 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3412 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3413 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3414 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3415 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3416 {
3417 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3418 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3419 h->needs_plt = 1;
3420 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3421 return false;
3422 break;
3423 }
3424
3425 dodyn:
3426 /* Set up information for symbols that might need dynamic
3427 relocations. At this point in linking we have read all
3428 the input files and resolved most symbols, but have not
3429 yet decided whether symbols are dynamic or finalized
3430 symbol flags. In some cases we might be setting dynamic
3431 reloc info for symbols that do not end up needing such.
3432 That's OK, adjust_dynamic_symbol and allocate_dynrelocs
3433 work together with this code. */
3434 if ((h != NULL
3435 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
3436 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
3437 && (h != NULL
3438 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)
3439 : isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
3440 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
3441 {
3442 #ifdef DEBUG
3443 fprintf (stderr,
3444 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3445 "create relocation for %s\n",
3446 (h && h->root.root.string
3447 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3448 #endif
3449 if (sreloc == NULL)
3450 {
3451 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3452 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3453
3454 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3455 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
3456
3457 if (sreloc == NULL)
3458 return false;
3459 }
3460
3461 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3462 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3463 if (h != NULL)
3464 {
3465 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3466 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3467
3468 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
3469 p = *rel_head;
3470 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3471 {
3472 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3473 if (p == NULL)
3474 return false;
3475 p->next = *rel_head;
3476 *rel_head = p;
3477 p->sec = sec;
3478 p->count = 0;
3479 p->pc_count = 0;
3480 }
3481 p->count += 1;
3482 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3483 p->pc_count += 1;
3484 }
3485 else
3486 {
3487 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3488 We really need local syms available to do this
3489 easily. Oh well. */
3490 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3491 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3492 bool is_ifunc;
3493 asection *s;
3494 void *vpp;
3495
3496 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3497 if (s == NULL)
3498 s = sec;
3499
3500 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3501 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3502 is_ifunc = ifunc != NULL;
3503 p = *rel_head;
3504 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3505 p = p->next;
3506 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3507 {
3508 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3509 if (p == NULL)
3510 return false;
3511 p->next = *rel_head;
3512 *rel_head = p;
3513 p->sec = sec;
3514 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3515 p->count = 0;
3516 }
3517 p->count += 1;
3518 }
3519 }
3520
3521 break;
3522 }
3523 }
3524
3525 return true;
3526 }
3527 \f
3528 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3529 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3530 bool
3531 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3532 {
3533 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3534 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3535 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3536 bool ret = true;
3537 bool warn_only;
3538
3539 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3540 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3541 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3542 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3543 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3544 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3545 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3546 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3547 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3548
3549 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3550 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3551
3552 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3553 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3554
3555 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3556 {
3557 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3558 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3559 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3560
3561 if (in_fp == 0)
3562 ;
3563 else if (out_fp == 0)
3564 {
3565 if (!warn_only)
3566 {
3567 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3568 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3569 last_fp = ibfd;
3570 }
3571 }
3572 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3573 {
3574 _bfd_error_handler
3575 /* xgettext:c-format */
3576 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3577 last_fp, ibfd);
3578 ret = warn_only;
3579 }
3580 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3581 {
3582 _bfd_error_handler
3583 /* xgettext:c-format */
3584 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3585 ibfd, last_fp);
3586 ret = warn_only;
3587 }
3588 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3589 {
3590 _bfd_error_handler
3591 /* xgettext:c-format */
3592 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3593 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3594 ret = warn_only;
3595 }
3596 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3597 {
3598 _bfd_error_handler
3599 /* xgettext:c-format */
3600 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3601 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3602 ret = warn_only;
3603 }
3604
3605 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3606 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3607 if (in_fp == 0)
3608 ;
3609 else if (out_fp == 0)
3610 {
3611 if (!warn_only)
3612 {
3613 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3614 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3615 last_ld = ibfd;
3616 }
3617 }
3618 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3619 {
3620 _bfd_error_handler
3621 /* xgettext:c-format */
3622 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3623 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3624 ret = warn_only;
3625 }
3626 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3627 {
3628 _bfd_error_handler
3629 /* xgettext:c-format */
3630 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3631 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3632 ret = warn_only;
3633 }
3634 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3635 {
3636 _bfd_error_handler
3637 /* xgettext:c-format */
3638 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3639 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3640 ret = warn_only;
3641 }
3642 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3643 {
3644 _bfd_error_handler
3645 /* xgettext:c-format */
3646 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3647 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3648 ret = warn_only;
3649 }
3650 }
3651
3652 if (!ret)
3653 {
3654 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3655 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3656 }
3657 return ret;
3658 }
3659
3660 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3661 there are conflicting attributes. */
3662 static bool
3663 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3664 {
3665 bfd *obfd;
3666 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3667 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3668 bool ret;
3669
3670 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3671 return false;
3672
3673 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3674 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3675 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3676
3677 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3678 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3679 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3680 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3681 ret = true;
3682 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3683 {
3684 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3685 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3686 static bfd *last_vec;
3687
3688 if (in_vec == 0)
3689 ;
3690 else if (out_vec == 0)
3691 {
3692 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3693 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3694 last_vec = ibfd;
3695 }
3696 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3697 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3698 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3699 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3700 case too. */
3701 else if (in_vec == 1)
3702 ;
3703 else if (out_vec == 1)
3704 {
3705 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3706 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3707 last_vec = ibfd;
3708 }
3709 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3710 {
3711 _bfd_error_handler
3712 /* xgettext:c-format */
3713 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3714 last_vec, ibfd);
3715 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3716 ret = false;
3717 }
3718 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3719 {
3720 _bfd_error_handler
3721 /* xgettext:c-format */
3722 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3723 ibfd, last_vec);
3724 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3725 ret = false;
3726 }
3727 }
3728
3729 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3730 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3731 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3732 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3733 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3734 {
3735 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3736 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3737 static bfd *last_struct;
3738
3739 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3740 ;
3741 else if (out_struct == 0)
3742 {
3743 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3744 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3745 last_struct = ibfd;
3746 }
3747 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3748 {
3749 _bfd_error_handler
3750 /* xgettext:c-format */
3751 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3752 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3753 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3754 ret = false;
3755 }
3756 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3757 {
3758 _bfd_error_handler
3759 /* xgettext:c-format */
3760 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3761 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3762 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3763 ret = false;
3764 }
3765 }
3766 if (!ret)
3767 {
3768 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3769 return false;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3773 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3774 }
3775
3776 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3777 object file when linking. */
3778
3779 static bool
3780 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3781 {
3782 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3783 flagword old_flags;
3784 flagword new_flags;
3785 bool error;
3786
3787 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3788 return true;
3789
3790 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3791 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3792 return false;
3793
3794 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3795 return false;
3796
3797 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3798 return true;
3799
3800 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3801 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3802 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3803 {
3804 /* First call, no flags set. */
3805 elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
3806 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3807 }
3808
3809 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3810 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3811 ;
3812
3813 /* Incompatible flags. */
3814 else
3815 {
3816 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3817 to be linked with either. */
3818 error = false;
3819 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3820 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3821 {
3822 error = true;
3823 _bfd_error_handler
3824 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3825 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3826 }
3827 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3828 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3829 {
3830 error = true;
3831 _bfd_error_handler
3832 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3833 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3834 }
3835
3836 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3837 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3838 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3839
3840 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3841 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3842 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3843 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3844 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3845 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3846
3847 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3848 any module uses it. */
3849 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3850
3851 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3852 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3853
3854 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3855 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3856 {
3857 error = true;
3858 _bfd_error_handler
3859 /* xgettext:c-format */
3860 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3861 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3862 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3863 }
3864
3865 if (error)
3866 {
3867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3868 return false;
3869 }
3870 }
3871
3872 return true;
3873 }
3874
3875 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3876 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3877 asection *input_section,
3878 unsigned long offset,
3879 bfd_byte *loc,
3880 bfd_vma value,
3881 split16_format_type split16_format,
3882 bool fixup)
3883 {
3884 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3885
3886 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
3887 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3888 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3889 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3890 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3891 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3892 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3893 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3894 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3895 {
3896 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3897 {
3898 if (fixup)
3899 split16_format = split16a_type;
3900 else
3901 _bfd_error_handler
3902 /* xgettext:c-format */
3903 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3904 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3905 }
3906 }
3907 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3908 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3909 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3910 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3911 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3912 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3913 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3914 {
3915 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3916 {
3917 if (fixup)
3918 split16_format = split16d_type;
3919 else
3920 _bfd_error_handler
3921 /* xgettext:c-format */
3922 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3923 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3924 }
3925 }
3926 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3927 {
3928 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3929 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3930 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3931 {
3932 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3933 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3934 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3935 }
3936 }
3937 else
3938 {
3939 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3940 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3941 }
3942 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3943 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3944 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3945 }
3946
3947 static void
3948 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3949 {
3950 unsigned int insn;
3951
3952 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3953 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3954 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3955 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3956 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3957 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3958 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3959 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3960 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3961 }
3962
3963 \f
3964 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3965 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3966 int
3967 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3968 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3969 {
3970 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3971 flagword flags;
3972
3973 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3974
3975 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3976 {
3977 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3978
3979 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3980 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3981 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3982 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3983 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
3984 false, false, true)) != NULL
3985 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
3986 || h->needs_plt)
3987 && h->ref_regular
3988 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
3989 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
3990 {
3991 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3992 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3993 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3994 r30 to be set up. */
3995 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3996 }
3997 else
3998 {
3999 bfd *ibfd;
4000 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4001
4002 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4003 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4004 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4005 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4006 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4007 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4008 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4009 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4010 {
4011 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4012 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4013 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4014 {
4015 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4016 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4017 break;
4018 }
4019 }
4020 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4021 }
4022 }
4023 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4024 {
4025 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4026 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4027 else
4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4029 }
4030
4031 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4032
4033 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4034 {
4035 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4036 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4037
4038 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4039 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4040 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4041 return -1;
4042
4043 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4044 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4045 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4046 return -1;
4047 }
4048 else
4049 {
4050 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4051 if (htab->glink != NULL
4052 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4053 return -1;
4054 }
4055 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4056 }
4057 \f
4058 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4059 relocation. */
4060
4061 static asection *
4062 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4063 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4064 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4065 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4066 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4067 {
4068 if (h != NULL)
4069 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4070 {
4071 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4072 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4073 return NULL;
4074 }
4075
4076 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4077 }
4078
4079 static bool
4080 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4081 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4082 asection **symsecp,
4083 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4085 unsigned long r_symndx,
4086 bfd *ibfd)
4087 {
4088 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4089
4090 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4091 {
4092 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4093 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4094
4095 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4096 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4097 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4098 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4099
4100 if (hp != NULL)
4101 *hp = h;
4102
4103 if (symp != NULL)
4104 *symp = NULL;
4105
4106 if (symsecp != NULL)
4107 {
4108 asection *symsec = NULL;
4109 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4110 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4111 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4112 *symsecp = symsec;
4113 }
4114
4115 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4116 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4117 }
4118 else
4119 {
4120 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4121 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4122
4123 if (locsyms == NULL)
4124 {
4125 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4126 if (locsyms == NULL)
4127 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4128 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4129 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4130 if (locsyms == NULL)
4131 return false;
4132 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4133 }
4134 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4135
4136 if (hp != NULL)
4137 *hp = NULL;
4138
4139 if (symp != NULL)
4140 *symp = sym;
4141
4142 if (symsecp != NULL)
4143 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4144
4145 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4146 {
4147 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4148 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4149
4150 tls_mask = NULL;
4151 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4152 if (local_got != NULL)
4153 {
4154 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4155 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4156 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4157 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4158 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4159 }
4160 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4161 }
4162 }
4163 return true;
4164 }
4165 \f
4166 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4167 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4168
4169 bool
4170 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4171 {
4172 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4173 bfd *ibfd;
4174 asection *sec;
4175 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4176
4177 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4178 if (htab == NULL)
4179 return false;
4180
4181 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4182 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4183 between the call and its destination. */
4184 limit = 0x1e00000;
4185 low_vma = -1;
4186 high_vma = 0;
4187 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4188 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4189 {
4190 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4191 low_vma = sec->vma;
4192 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4193 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4194 }
4195
4196 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4197 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4198 is local. */
4199 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4200 {
4201 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4202 return true;
4203 }
4204
4205 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4206 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4207 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4208 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4209 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4210 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4211 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4212 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4213 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4214 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4215 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4216 together except their symbol. */
4217
4218 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4219 {
4220 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4221 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4222
4223 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4224 continue;
4225
4226 local_syms = NULL;
4227 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4228
4229 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4230 if (sec->has_pltcall
4231 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4232 {
4233 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4234
4235 /* Read the relocations. */
4236 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4237 info->keep_memory);
4238 if (relstart == NULL)
4239 return false;
4240
4241 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4242 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4243 {
4244 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4245 unsigned long r_symndx;
4246 asection *sym_sec;
4247 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4248 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4249 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4250
4251 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4252 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4253 continue;
4254
4255 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4256 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4257 r_symndx, ibfd))
4258 {
4259 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4260 free (relstart);
4261 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4262 free (local_syms);
4263 return false;
4264 }
4265
4266 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4267 {
4268 bfd_vma from, to;
4269 if (h != NULL)
4270 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4271 else
4272 to = sym->st_value;
4273 to += (rel->r_addend
4274 + sym_sec->output_offset
4275 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4276 from = (rel->r_offset
4277 + sec->output_offset
4278 + sec->output_section->vma);
4279 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4280 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4281 }
4282 }
4283 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4284 free (relstart);
4285 }
4286
4287 if (local_syms != NULL
4288 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4289 {
4290 if (!info->keep_memory)
4291 free (local_syms);
4292 else
4293 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4294 }
4295 }
4296
4297 return true;
4298 }
4299
4300 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4301 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4302
4303 asection *
4304 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4305 {
4306 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4307
4308 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4309 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4310 false, false, true);
4311 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4312 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4313
4314 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4315 {
4316 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4317 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4318 false, false, true);
4319 if (opt != NULL
4320 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4321 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4322 {
4323 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4324 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4325 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4326 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4327 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4328 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4329 && tga != NULL
4330 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4331 || tga->needs_plt)
4332 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4333 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4334 {
4335 struct plt_entry *ent;
4336 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4337 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4338 break;
4339 if (ent != NULL)
4340 {
4341 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4342 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4343 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4344 opt->mark = 1;
4345 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4346 {
4347 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4348 opt->dynindx = -1;
4349 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4350 opt->dynstr_index);
4351 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4352 return false;
4353 }
4354 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4355 }
4356 }
4357 }
4358 else
4359 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4360 }
4361 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4362 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4363 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4364 {
4365 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4366 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4367 }
4368
4369 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4370 }
4371
4372 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4373 HASH. */
4374
4375 static bool
4376 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4377 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4378 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4379 {
4380 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4381 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4382 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4383
4384 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4385 {
4386 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4387 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4388
4389 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4390 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4391 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4392 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4393 if (h == hash)
4394 return true;
4395 }
4396 return false;
4397 }
4398
4399 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4400 opportunities. */
4401
4402 bool
4403 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4404 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4405 {
4406 bfd *ibfd;
4407 asection *sec;
4408 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4409 int pass;
4410
4411 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4412 return true;
4413
4414 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4415 if (htab == NULL)
4416 return false;
4417
4418 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4419
4420 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4421 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4422 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4423 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4424 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4425 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4426 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4427 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4428 {
4429 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4430 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4431
4432 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4433 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4434 {
4435 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4436 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4437
4438 /* Read the relocations. */
4439 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4440 info->keep_memory);
4441 if (relstart == NULL)
4442 return false;
4443
4444 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4445 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4446 {
4447 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4448 unsigned long r_symndx;
4449 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4450 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4451 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4452 bool is_local;
4453 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4454
4455 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4456 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4457 {
4458 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4459
4460 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4461 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4462 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4463 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4464 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4465 }
4466
4467 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4468 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4469 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4470 without marker relocs, then check that each
4471 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4472 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4473 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4474 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4475 if (pass == 0
4476 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4477 && h != NULL
4478 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4479 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4480 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4481 {
4482 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4483 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4484 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4485 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4486 free (relstart);
4487 return true;
4488 }
4489
4490 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4491 switch (r_type)
4492 {
4493 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4494 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4495 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4496 /* Fall through. */
4497
4498 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4499 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4500 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4501 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4502 that turns out to be the case. */
4503 if (!is_local)
4504 continue;
4505
4506 /* LD -> LE */
4507 tls_set = 0;
4508 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4509 break;
4510
4511 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4513 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4514 /* Fall through. */
4515
4516 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4518 if (is_local)
4519 /* GD -> LE */
4520 tls_set = 0;
4521 else
4522 /* GD -> IE */
4523 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4524 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4525 break;
4526
4527 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4528 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4531 if (is_local)
4532 {
4533 /* IE -> LE */
4534 tls_set = 0;
4535 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4536 break;
4537 }
4538 else
4539 continue;
4540
4541 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4542 if (!is_local)
4543 continue;
4544 /* Fall through. */
4545 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4546 if (rel + 1 < relend
4547 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4548 {
4549 if (pass != 0
4550 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4551 {
4552 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4553 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4554 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4555 {
4556 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4557
4558 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4559 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4560 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4561 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4562 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4563 if (h != NULL)
4564 {
4565 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4566 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4567
4568 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4569 addend = rel->r_addend;
4570 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4571 got2, addend);
4572 if (ent != NULL
4573 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4574 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4575 }
4576 }
4577 }
4578 continue;
4579 }
4580 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4581 tls_set = 0;
4582 tls_clear = 0;
4583 break;
4584
4585 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
4586 if (pass == 0)
4587 {
4588 unsigned char buf[4];
4589 unsigned int insn;
4590 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3;
4591 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
4592 off, 4))
4593 {
4594 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4595 free (relstart);
4596 return false;
4597 }
4598 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
4599 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4600 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4601 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4602 {
4603 /* xgettext:c-format */
4604 info->callbacks->minfo
4605 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4606 ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn);
4607 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4608 }
4609 }
4610 continue;
4611
4612 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
4613 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4614 continue;
4615
4616 default:
4617 continue;
4618 }
4619
4620 if (pass == 0)
4621 {
4622 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4623 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4624 continue;
4625
4626 if (rel + 1 < relend
4627 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4628 htab->tls_get_addr))
4629 continue;
4630
4631 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4632 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4633 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4634 the entire optimization. */
4635 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4636 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4637 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4638 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4639 free (relstart);
4640 return true;
4641 }
4642
4643 if (h != NULL)
4644 {
4645 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4646 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4647 }
4648 else
4649 {
4650 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4651 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4652 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4653
4654 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4655 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4656 abort ();
4657 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4658 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4659 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4660 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4661 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4662 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4663 }
4664
4665 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4666 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4667 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4668 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4669 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4670 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4671 Disable optimization in this case. */
4672 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4673 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4674 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4675 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4676 continue;
4677
4678 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4679 {
4680 struct plt_entry *ent;
4681 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4682
4683 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4684 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4685 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4686 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4687 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4688 got2, addend);
4689 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4690 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4691 }
4692 if (tls_clear == 0)
4693 continue;
4694
4695 if (tls_set == 0)
4696 {
4697 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4698 if (*got_count > 0)
4699 *got_count -= 1;
4700 }
4701
4702 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4703 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4704 }
4705
4706 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4707 free (relstart);
4708 }
4709 }
4710 return true;
4711 }
4712 \f
4713 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4714 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4715 size_dynamic_sections. */
4716
4717 static bool
4718 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4719 {
4720 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4721 do
4722 {
4723 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4724 return true;
4725 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4726 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4727
4728 return false;
4729 }
4730
4731 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4732
4733 static bool
4734 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4735 {
4736 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4737
4738 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4739 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4740 return true;
4741 return false;
4742 }
4743
4744 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4745 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4746 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4747 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4748 understand. */
4749
4750 static bool
4751 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4752 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4753 {
4754 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4755 asection *s;
4756
4757 #ifdef DEBUG
4758 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4759 h->root.root.string);
4760 #endif
4761
4762 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4763 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4764 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4765 && (h->needs_plt
4766 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4767 || h->is_weakalias
4768 || (h->def_dynamic
4769 && h->ref_regular
4770 && !h->def_regular)));
4771
4772 /* Deal with function syms. */
4773 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4774 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4775 || h->needs_plt)
4776 {
4777 bool local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4778 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4779 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4780 function symbol is local. */
4781 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4782 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4783
4784 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4785 won't need a .plt entry. */
4786 struct plt_entry *ent;
4787 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4788 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4789 break;
4790 if (ent == NULL
4791 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4792 && local
4793 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4794 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4795 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4796 {
4797 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4798
4799 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4800 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4801 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4802
4803 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4804
4805 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4806 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4807 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4808 h->needs_plt = 0;
4809 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4810 }
4811 else
4812 {
4813 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4814 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4815 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4816 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4817 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4818 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4819 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4820 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4821 than link time. */
4822 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4823 || (h->non_got_ref
4824 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4825 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4826 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4827 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4828 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4829 {
4830 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4831 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4832 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4833 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4834 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4835 }
4836 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4837 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4838 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4839 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4840 }
4841 h->protected_def = 0;
4842 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4843 return true;
4844 }
4845 else
4846 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4847
4848 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4849 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4850 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4851 if (h->is_weakalias)
4852 {
4853 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4854 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4855 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4856 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4857 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4858 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4859 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4860 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4861 return true;
4862 }
4863
4864 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4865 is not a function. */
4866
4867 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4868 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4869 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4870 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4871 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4872 {
4873 h->protected_def = 0;
4874 return true;
4875 }
4876
4877 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4878 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4879 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4880 {
4881 h->protected_def = 0;
4882 return true;
4883 }
4884
4885 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4886 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4887 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4888 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4889 if (h->protected_def)
4890 {
4891 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4892 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4893 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4894 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4895 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4896 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4897 return true;
4898 }
4899
4900 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4901 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4902 return true;
4903
4904 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4905 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4906 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4907 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4908 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4909 executable. */
4910 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4911 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4912 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4913 && !h->def_regular
4914 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4915 return true;
4916
4917 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4918 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4919 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4920 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4921 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4922 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4923 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4924 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4925 same memory location for the variable.
4926
4927 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4928 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4929 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4930 s = htab->dynsbss;
4931 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4932 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4933 else
4934 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4935 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4936
4937 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4938 {
4939 asection *srel;
4940
4941 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4942 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4943 and into the runtime process image. */
4944 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4945 srel = htab->relsbss;
4946 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4947 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4948 else
4949 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4950 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4951 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4952 h->needs_copy = 1;
4953 }
4954
4955 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4956 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4957 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4958 }
4959 \f
4960 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4961 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4962 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4963 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4964 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4965
4966 static bool
4967 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4968 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4969 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4970 {
4971 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4972 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4973 char *name;
4974 const char *stub;
4975 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4976
4977 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4978 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4979 else
4980 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4981
4982 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4983 len2 = strlen (stub);
4984 len3 = 0;
4985 if (ent->sec)
4986 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4987 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4988 if (name == NULL)
4989 return false;
4990 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4991 if (ent->sec)
4992 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4993 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4994 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
4995 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, true, false, false);
4996 if (sh == NULL)
4997 return false;
4998 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
4999 {
5000 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5001 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5002 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5003 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5004 sh->def_regular = 1;
5005 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5006 sh->forced_local = 1;
5007 sh->non_elf = 0;
5008 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5009 }
5010 return true;
5011 }
5012
5013 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5014 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5015
5016 static bfd_vma
5017 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5018 {
5019 bfd_vma where;
5020 unsigned int max_before_header;
5021
5022 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5023 {
5024 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5025 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5026 }
5027 else
5028 {
5029 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5030 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5031 {
5032 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5033 htab->got_gap -= need;
5034 }
5035 else
5036 {
5037 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5038 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5039 {
5040 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5041 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5042 }
5043 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5044 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5045 }
5046 }
5047 return where;
5048 }
5049
5050 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5051 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5052
5053 static inline unsigned int
5054 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5055 {
5056 unsigned int need;
5057 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5058 need = 4;
5059 else
5060 {
5061 need = 0;
5062 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5063 need += 8;
5064 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5065 need += 4;
5066 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5067 need += 4;
5068 }
5069 return need;
5070 }
5071
5072 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5073
5074 static bool
5075 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5076 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5077 {
5078 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5079
5080 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5081 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5082 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5083 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5084 && h->dynindx == -1
5085 && !h->forced_local
5086 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5087 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5088 return true;
5089 }
5090
5091 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5092 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5093
5094 static inline
5095 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5096 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5097 {
5098 return (h == NULL
5099 || h->dynindx == -1
5100 || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created);
5101 }
5102
5103 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5104
5105 static bool
5106 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5107 {
5108 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5109 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5111 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5112
5113 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5114 return true;
5115
5116 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5117 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5118 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5119 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5120 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5121 && eh->elf.protected_def
5122 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5123 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5124 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5125 {
5126 unsigned int need;
5127
5128 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5129 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5130 return false;
5131
5132 need = 0;
5133 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5134 {
5135 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5136 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5137 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5138 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5139 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5140 else
5141 need += 8;
5142 }
5143 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5144 if (need == 0)
5145 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5146 else
5147 {
5148 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5149 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5150 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5151 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5152 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5153 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root))
5154 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5155 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5156 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5157 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5158 {
5159 asection *rsec;
5160
5161 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5162 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5163 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5164 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5165 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5166 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5167 rsec->size += need;
5168 }
5169 }
5170 }
5171 else
5172 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5173
5174 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5175 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5176 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5177 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5178 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5179
5180 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5181 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5182 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5183 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5184
5185 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5186 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5187 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5188 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5189
5190 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5191 ;
5192
5193 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5194 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5195 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5196 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5197 changes. */
5198 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5199 {
5200 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5201 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5202 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5203 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5204 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5205 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5206 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5207 {
5208 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5209
5210 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5211 {
5212 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5213 p->pc_count = 0;
5214 if (p->count == 0)
5215 *pp = p->next;
5216 else
5217 pp = &p->next;
5218 }
5219 }
5220
5221 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5222 {
5223 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5224
5225 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5226 {
5227 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5228 *pp = p->next;
5229 else
5230 pp = &p->next;
5231 }
5232 }
5233
5234 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5235 {
5236 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5237 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5238 return false;
5239 }
5240 }
5241 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5242 {
5243 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5244 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5245 dynamic. */
5246 if ((h->dynamic_adjusted
5247 || (h->ref_regular
5248 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5249 && (info->dynamic_undefined_weak > 0
5250 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))))
5251 && !h->def_regular
5252 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5253 && !(h->protected_def
5254 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5255 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5256 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5257 {
5258 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5259 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5260 return false;
5261
5262 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5263 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5264 }
5265 else
5266 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5267 }
5268
5269 /* Allocate space. */
5270 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5271 {
5272 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5273 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5274 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5275 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5276 }
5277
5278 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5279 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5280 a) is dynamic, or
5281 b) is an ifunc, or
5282 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5283 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5284 if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1)
5285 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5286 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5287 || (h->needs_plt
5288 && h->def_regular
5289 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5290 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5291 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5292 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5293 {
5294 struct plt_entry *ent;
5295 bool doneone = false;
5296 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5297
5298 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5299 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5300 {
5301 asection *s;
5302 bool dyn;
5303
5304 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5305 return false;
5306
5307 dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
5308 s = htab->elf.splt;
5309 if (!dyn)
5310 {
5311 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5312 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5313 else
5314 s = htab->pltlocal;
5315 }
5316
5317 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5318 {
5319 if (!doneone)
5320 {
5321 plt_offset = s->size;
5322 s->size += 4;
5323 }
5324 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5325
5326 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5327 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5328 else
5329 {
5330 s = htab->glink;
5331 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5332 {
5333 glink_offset = s->size;
5334 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5335 }
5336 if (!doneone
5337 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5338 && h->def_dynamic
5339 && !h->def_regular)
5340 {
5341 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5342 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5343 }
5344 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5345
5346 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5347 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5348 return false;
5349 }
5350 }
5351 else
5352 {
5353 if (!doneone)
5354 {
5355 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5356 for the special first entry. */
5357 if (s->size == 0)
5358 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5359
5360 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5361 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5362 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5363 word available at the end. */
5364 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5365 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5366 * ((s->size
5367 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5368 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5369
5370 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5371 file, and we are not generating a shared
5372 library, then set the symbol to this location
5373 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5374 relocations, and is required to make
5375 function pointers compare as equal between
5376 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5377 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5378 && h->def_dynamic
5379 && !h->def_regular)
5380 {
5381 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5382 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5383 }
5384
5385 /* Make room for this entry. */
5386 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5387 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5388 is allocated. */
5389 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5390 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5391 / htab->plt_entry_size
5392 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5393 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5394 }
5395 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5396 }
5397
5398 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5399 if (!doneone)
5400 {
5401 if (!dyn)
5402 {
5403 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5404 {
5405 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5406 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5407 }
5408 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5409 {
5410 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5411 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5412 }
5413 }
5414 else
5415 {
5416 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5417
5418 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5419 {
5420 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5421 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5422 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5423 {
5424 if (ent->plt.offset
5425 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5426 {
5427 htab->srelplt2->size
5428 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5429 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5430 }
5431
5432 htab->srelplt2->size
5433 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5434 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5435 }
5436
5437 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5438 .got.plt. */
5439 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5440 }
5441 }
5442 doneone = true;
5443 }
5444 }
5445 else
5446 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5447
5448 if (!doneone)
5449 {
5450 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5451 h->needs_plt = 0;
5452 }
5453 }
5454 else
5455 {
5456 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5457 h->needs_plt = 0;
5458 }
5459
5460 return true;
5461 }
5462
5463 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5464 {
5465 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5466 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5467 1, /* CIE version. */
5468 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5469 4, /* Code alignment. */
5470 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5471 65, /* RA reg. */
5472 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5473 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5474 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5475 };
5476
5477 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5478
5479 static bool
5480 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5481 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5482 {
5483 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5484 asection *s;
5485 bool relocs;
5486 bfd *ibfd;
5487
5488 #ifdef DEBUG
5489 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5490 #endif
5491
5492 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5493 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5494
5495 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5496 {
5497 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5498 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5499 {
5500 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5501 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5502 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5503 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5504 }
5505 }
5506
5507 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5508 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5509 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5510 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5511
5512 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5513 relocs. */
5514 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5515 {
5516 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5517 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5518 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5519 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5520 char *lgot_masks;
5521 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5522 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5523 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
5524 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5525
5526 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5527 continue;
5528
5529 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5530 {
5531 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5532
5533 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5534 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5535 p != NULL;
5536 p = p->next)
5537 {
5538 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5539 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5540 {
5541 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5542 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5543 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5544 the relocs too. */
5545 }
5546 else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
5547 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5548 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5549 {
5550 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5551 handled specially by the loader. */
5552 }
5553 else if (p->count != 0)
5554 {
5555 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5556 if (p->ifunc)
5557 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5558 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5559 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5560 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5561 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5562 {
5563 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5564 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5565 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5566 }
5567 }
5568 }
5569 }
5570
5571 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5572 if (!local_got)
5573 continue;
5574
5575 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5576 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5577 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5578 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5579 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5580 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5581 local_syms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5582 if (local_syms == NULL && locsymcount != 0)
5583 {
5584 local_syms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, locsymcount,
5585 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
5586 if (local_syms == NULL)
5587 return false;
5588 }
5589
5590 for (isym = local_syms;
5591 local_got < end_local_got;
5592 ++local_got, ++lgot_masks, ++isym)
5593 if (*local_got > 0)
5594 {
5595 unsigned int need;
5596 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5597 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5598 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5599 if (need == 0)
5600 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5601 else
5602 {
5603 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5604 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5605 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5606 && bfd_link_executable (info))
5607 && isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
5608 {
5609 asection *srel;
5610
5611 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5612 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5613 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5614 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5615 srel->size += need;
5616 }
5617 }
5618 }
5619 else
5620 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5621
5622 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5623 continue;
5624
5625 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5626 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5627 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5628 {
5629 struct plt_entry *ent;
5630 bool doneone = false;
5631 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5632
5633 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5634 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5635 {
5636 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5637 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5638 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5639 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5640 {
5641 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5642 continue;
5643 }
5644 else
5645 s = htab->pltlocal;
5646
5647 if (!doneone)
5648 {
5649 plt_offset = s->size;
5650 s->size += 4;
5651 }
5652 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5653
5654 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5655 {
5656 s = htab->glink;
5657 glink_offset = s->size;
5658 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5659 }
5660 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5661
5662 if (!doneone)
5663 {
5664 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5665 {
5666 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5667 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5668 }
5669 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5670 {
5671 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5672 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5673 }
5674 doneone = true;
5675 }
5676 }
5677 else
5678 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5679 }
5680
5681 if (local_syms != NULL
5682 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
5683 {
5684 if (!info->keep_memory)
5685 free (local_syms);
5686 else
5687 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
5688 }
5689 }
5690
5691 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5692 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5693
5694 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5695 {
5696 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5697 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5698 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5699 }
5700 else
5701 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5702
5703 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5704 {
5705 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5706
5707 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5708 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5709 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5710 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5711 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5712 {
5713 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5714 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5715 g_o_t += 4;
5716 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5717 }
5718
5719 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5720 }
5721 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5722 {
5723 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5724
5725 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5726 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5727 }
5728 if (info->emitrelocations)
5729 {
5730 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5731
5732 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5733 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5734 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5735 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5736 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5737 }
5738
5739 if (htab->glink != NULL
5740 && htab->glink->size != 0
5741 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5742 {
5743 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5744 /* Space for the branch table. */
5745 htab->glink->size
5746 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5747 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5748 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5749 ? 63 : 15);
5750 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5751
5752 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5753 {
5754 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5755 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5756 true, false, false);
5757 if (sh == NULL)
5758 return false;
5759 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5760 {
5761 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5762 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5763 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5764 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5765 sh->def_regular = 1;
5766 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5767 sh->forced_local = 1;
5768 sh->non_elf = 0;
5769 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5770 }
5771 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5772 true, false, false);
5773 if (sh == NULL)
5774 return false;
5775 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5776 {
5777 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5778 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5779 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5780 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5781 sh->def_regular = 1;
5782 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5783 sh->forced_local = 1;
5784 sh->non_elf = 0;
5785 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5786 }
5787 }
5788 }
5789
5790 if (htab->glink != NULL
5791 && htab->glink->size != 0
5792 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5793 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5794 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5795 {
5796 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5797 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5798 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5799 {
5800 s->size += 4;
5801 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5802 s->size += 4;
5803 }
5804 }
5805
5806 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5807 Allocate memory for them. */
5808 relocs = false;
5809 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5810 {
5811 bool strip_section = true;
5812
5813 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5814 continue;
5815
5816 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5817 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5818 {
5819 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5820 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5821 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5822 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5823 strip_section = false;
5824 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5825 comment below. */
5826 }
5827 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5828 || s == htab->pltlocal
5829 || s == htab->glink
5830 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5831 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5832 || s == htab->sbss
5833 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5834 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5835 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5836 {
5837 /* Strip these too. */
5838 }
5839 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5840 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5841 {
5842 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5843 }
5844 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5845 {
5846 if (s->size != 0)
5847 {
5848 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5849 relocs = true;
5850
5851 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5852 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5853 s->reloc_count = 0;
5854 }
5855 }
5856 else
5857 {
5858 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5859 continue;
5860 }
5861
5862 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5863 {
5864 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5865 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5866 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5867 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5868 before the linker maps input sections to output
5869 sections. The linker does that before
5870 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5871 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5872 into these sections. */
5873 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5874 continue;
5875 }
5876
5877 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5878 continue;
5879
5880 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5881 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5882 if (s->contents == NULL)
5883 return false;
5884 }
5885
5886 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5887 {
5888 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5889 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5890 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5891 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5892 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5893 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5894 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5895
5896 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
5897 relocs))
5898 return false;
5899
5900 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5901 && htab->glink != NULL
5902 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5903 {
5904 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5905 return false;
5906 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5907 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5908 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5909 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5910 return false;
5911 }
5912 }
5913 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5914
5915 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5916 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5917 {
5918 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5919 bfd_vma val;
5920
5921 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5922 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5923 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5924 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5925 /* FDE length. */
5926 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5927 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5928 p += 4;
5929 /* CIE pointer. */
5930 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5931 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5932 p += 4;
5933 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5934 p += 4;
5935 /* .glink size. */
5936 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5937 p += 4;
5938 /* Augmentation. */
5939 p += 1;
5940
5941 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5942 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5943 {
5944 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5945 if (adv < 64)
5946 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5947 else if (adv < 256)
5948 {
5949 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5950 *p++ = adv;
5951 }
5952 else if (adv < 65536)
5953 {
5954 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5955 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5956 p += 2;
5957 }
5958 else
5959 {
5960 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5961 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5962 p += 4;
5963 }
5964 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5965 *p++ = 65;
5966 p++;
5967 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5968 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5969 *p++ = 65;
5970 }
5971 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5972 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5973 }
5974
5975 return true;
5976 }
5977
5978 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5979 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5980
5981 static void
5982 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5983 {
5984 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5985
5986 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5987 {
5988 asection *s;
5989
5990 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
5991 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5992 {
5993 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
5994 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5995 {
5996 sda->def_regular = 0;
5997 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5998 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
5999 sda->forced_local = 0;
6000 }
6001 }
6002 }
6003 }
6004
6005 void
6006 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6007 {
6008 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6009
6010 if (htab != NULL)
6011 {
6012 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6013 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6014 }
6015 }
6016
6017
6018 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6019
6020 static bool
6021 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6022 {
6023 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6024 && !h->def_regular
6025 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6026 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6027 return false;
6028
6029 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6030 }
6031 \f
6032 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6033
6034 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6035 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6036 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6037 {
6038 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6039 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6040 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6041 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6042 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6043 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6044 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6045 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6046 };
6047
6048 static const int stub_entry[] =
6049 {
6050 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6051 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6052 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6053 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6054 };
6055
6056 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6057 {
6058 unsigned int workaround_size;
6059 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6060 };
6061
6062 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6063 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6064 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6065 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6066
6067 static bool
6068 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6069 asection *isec,
6070 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6071 bool *again)
6072 {
6073 struct one_branch_fixup
6074 {
6075 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6076 asection *tsec;
6077 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6078 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6079 bfd_vma toff;
6080 bfd_vma trampoff;
6081 };
6082
6083 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6084 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6085 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6086 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6087 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6088 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6089 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6090 unsigned changes = 0;
6091 bool workaround_change;
6092 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6093 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6094 asection *got2;
6095 bool maybe_pasted;
6096
6097 *again = false;
6098
6099 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6100 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6101 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6102 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6103 || isec->size < 4)
6104 return true;
6105
6106 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6107 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6108 anyway. */
6109 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6110 return true;
6111
6112 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6113 if (htab == NULL)
6114 return true;
6115
6116 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6117 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6118 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6119 trampbase = isec->size;
6120
6121 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6122 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6123 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6124
6125 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6126 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6127 {
6128 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6129 {
6130 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6131 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6132 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6133 return false;
6134 }
6135 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6136 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6137 }
6138
6139 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6140 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6141 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6142 trampoff = trampbase;
6143 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6144 trampoff += 4;
6145
6146 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6147 picfixup_size = 0;
6148 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6149 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6150 {
6151 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6152 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6153 {
6154 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6155 link_info->keep_memory);
6156 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6157 goto error_return;
6158 }
6159
6160 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6161
6162 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6163 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6164 {
6165 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6166 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6167 asection *tsec;
6168 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6169 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6170 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6171 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6172 unsigned long t0;
6173 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6174 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6175 struct plt_entry **plist;
6176 unsigned char sym_type;
6177
6178 switch (r_type)
6179 {
6180 case R_PPC_REL24:
6181 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6182 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6183 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6184 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6185 break;
6186
6187 case R_PPC_REL14:
6188 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6189 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6190 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6191 break;
6192
6193 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6194 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6195 break;
6196 continue;
6197
6198 default:
6199 continue;
6200 }
6201
6202 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6203 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6204 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6205 goto error_return;
6206
6207 if (isym != NULL)
6208 {
6209 if (tsec != NULL)
6210 ;
6211 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6212 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6213 else
6214 continue;
6215
6216 toff = isym->st_value;
6217 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6218 }
6219 else
6220 {
6221 if (tsec != NULL)
6222 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6223 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6224 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6225 {
6226 unsigned long indx;
6227
6228 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6229 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6230 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6231 }
6232 else
6233 continue;
6234
6235 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6236 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6237 branch stub in that case. */
6238 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6239 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6240 && irel != internal_relocs)
6241 {
6242 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6243 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6244 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6245
6246 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6247 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6248 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6249 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6250 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6251 {
6252 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6253
6254 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6255 {
6256 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6257 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6258 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6259 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6260 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6261 }
6262 }
6263 else
6264 {
6265 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6266 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6267
6268 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6269 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6270 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6271
6272 tls_mask
6273 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6274 }
6275
6276 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6277 optimised away. */
6278 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6279 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6280 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6281 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6282 continue;
6283 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6284 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6285 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6286 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6287 continue;
6288 }
6289
6290 sym_type = h->type;
6291 }
6292
6293 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6294 {
6295 if (h != NULL
6296 && !h->def_regular
6297 && h->protected_def
6298 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6299 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6300 picfixup_size += 12;
6301 continue;
6302 }
6303
6304 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6305 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6306 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6307 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6308 plist = NULL;
6309 if (h != NULL)
6310 {
6311 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6312 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6313 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6314 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6315 }
6316 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6317 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6318 {
6319 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6320 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6321 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6322 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6323 }
6324 if (plist != NULL)
6325 {
6326 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6327 struct plt_entry *ent;
6328
6329 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6330 addend = irel->r_addend;
6331 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6332 if (ent != NULL)
6333 {
6334 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6335 || h == NULL
6336 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6337 || h->dynindx == -1)
6338 {
6339 tsec = htab->glink;
6340 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6341 }
6342 else
6343 {
6344 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6345 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6346 }
6347 }
6348 }
6349
6350 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6351 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6352 branch overflow. */
6353 if (tsec == isec)
6354 continue;
6355
6356 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6357 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6358 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6359 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6360 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6361 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6362 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6363 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6364 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6365 continue;
6366
6367 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6368 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6369 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6370 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6371 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6372 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6373 {
6374 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6375 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6376 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6377 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6378 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6379
6380 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6381 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6382 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6383 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6384 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6385 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6386 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6387 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6388 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6389 location of interest is just "sym". */
6390 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6391 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6392 toff += irel->r_addend;
6393
6394 toff
6395 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6396 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6397 toff);
6398
6399 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6400 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6401 toff += irel->r_addend;
6402 }
6403 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6404 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6405 toff += irel->r_addend;
6406
6407 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6408 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6409 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6410 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6411 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6412 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6413 continue;
6414
6415 roff = irel->r_offset;
6416
6417 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6418 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6419 fixup can be created at final link.
6420 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6421 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6422 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6423 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6424 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6425 continue;
6426
6427 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6428 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6429 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6430 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6431 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6432 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6433 {
6434 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6435
6436 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6437 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6438 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6439 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6440 continue;
6441 }
6442
6443 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6444 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6445 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6446 break;
6447
6448 if (f == NULL)
6449 {
6450 size_t size;
6451 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6452
6453 val = trampoff - roff;
6454 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6455 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6456 one. We'll report an error later. */
6457 continue;
6458
6459 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6460 {
6461 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6462 insn_offset = 12;
6463 }
6464 else
6465 {
6466 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6467 insn_offset = 0;
6468 }
6469 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6470 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6471 || tsec == htab->glink)
6472 {
6473 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6474 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6475 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6476 }
6477
6478 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6479 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6480 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6481 stub_rtype);
6482 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6483 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6484 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6485 irel->r_addend = 0;
6486
6487 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6488 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6489 f->next = branch_fixups;
6490 f->tsec = tsec;
6491 f->toff = toff;
6492 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6493 branch_fixups = f;
6494
6495 trampoff += size;
6496 changes++;
6497 }
6498 else
6499 {
6500 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6501 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6502 continue;
6503
6504 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6505 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6506 }
6507
6508 /* Get the section contents. */
6509 if (contents == NULL)
6510 {
6511 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6512 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6513 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6514 /* Go get them off disk. */
6515 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6516 goto error_return;
6517 }
6518
6519 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6520 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6521 switch (r_type)
6522 {
6523 case R_PPC_REL24:
6524 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6525 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6526 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6527 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6528 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6529 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6530 break;
6531
6532 case R_PPC_REL14:
6533 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6534 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6535 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6536 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6537 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6538 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6539 break;
6540 }
6541 }
6542
6543 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6544 {
6545 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6546 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6547 free (f);
6548 }
6549 }
6550
6551 workaround_change = false;
6552 newsize = trampoff;
6553 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6554 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6555 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6556 {
6557 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6558 unsigned int crossings;
6559 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6560
6561 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6562 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6563 addr &= -pagesize;
6564 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6565 if (crossings != 0)
6566 {
6567 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6568 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6569 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6570 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6571 newsize += crossings * 16;
6572 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6573 {
6574 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6575 workaround_change = true;
6576 }
6577 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6578 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6579 }
6580 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6581 }
6582
6583 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6584 {
6585 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6586 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6587 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6588 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6589 }
6590
6591 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6592 isec->size = newsize;
6593
6594 if (isymbuf != NULL
6595 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6596 {
6597 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6598 free (isymbuf);
6599 else
6600 {
6601 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6602 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6603 }
6604 }
6605
6606 if (contents != NULL
6607 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6608 {
6609 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6610 free (contents);
6611 else
6612 {
6613 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6614 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6615 }
6616 }
6617
6618 changes += picfixup_size;
6619 if (changes != 0)
6620 {
6621 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6622 information for the trampolines. */
6623 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6624 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6625 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6626 unsigned ix;
6627
6628 if (!new_relocs)
6629 goto error_return;
6630 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6631 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6632 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6633 {
6634 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6635
6636 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6637 }
6638 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6639 free (internal_relocs);
6640 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6641 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6642 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6643 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6644 }
6645 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6646 free (internal_relocs);
6647
6648 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6649 return true;
6650
6651 error_return:
6652 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6653 {
6654 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6655 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6656 free (f);
6657 }
6658 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6659 free (isymbuf);
6660 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6661 free (contents);
6662 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6663 free (internal_relocs);
6664 return false;
6665 }
6666 \f
6667 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6668 discarded sections. */
6669
6670 static unsigned int
6671 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6672 {
6673 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6674 return 0;
6675
6676 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6677 return 0;
6678
6679 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6680 }
6681 \f
6682 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6683
6684 static bfd_vma
6685 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6686 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6687 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6688 bfd_vma relocation,
6689 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6690 {
6691 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6692
6693 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6694
6695 if (h != NULL)
6696 {
6697 /* Handle global symbol. */
6698 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6699
6700 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6701 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6702 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6703 }
6704 else
6705 {
6706 /* Handle local symbol. */
6707 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6708
6709 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6710 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6711 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6712 }
6713
6714 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6715 rel->r_addend,
6716 lsect);
6717 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6718
6719 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6720 as a "written" flag. */
6721 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6722 {
6723 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6724 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6725 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6726 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6727 }
6728
6729 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6730 + lsect->section->output_offset
6731 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6732 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6733
6734 #ifdef DEBUG
6735 fprintf (stderr,
6736 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6737 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6738 #endif
6739
6740 return relocation;
6741 }
6742
6743 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6744 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6745 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6746
6747 static void
6748 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6749 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6750 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6751 {
6752 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6753 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6754 bfd_vma plt;
6755 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6756
6757 if (h != NULL
6758 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6759 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6760 {
6761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6762 p += 4;
6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6764 p += 4;
6765 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6766 p += 4;
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6768 p += 4;
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6770 p += 4;
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6772 p += 4;
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6774 p += 4;
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6776 p += 4;
6777 }
6778
6779 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6780 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6781 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6782
6783 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6784 {
6785 bfd_vma got = 0;
6786
6787 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6788 got = (ent->addend
6789 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6790 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6791 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6792 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6793
6794 plt -= got;
6795
6796 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6797 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6798 else
6799 {
6800 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6801 p += 4;
6802 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6803 }
6804 }
6805 else
6806 {
6807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6808 p += 4;
6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6810 }
6811 p += 4;
6812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6813 p += 4;
6814 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6815 p += 4;
6816 while (p < end)
6817 {
6818 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6819 p += 4;
6820 }
6821 }
6822
6823 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6824
6825 static bool
6826 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6827 {
6828 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6829 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6830 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6831 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6832 }
6833
6834 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6835 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6836 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6837
6838 unsigned int
6839 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6840 {
6841 unsigned int rtra;
6842
6843 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6844 return 0;
6845
6846 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6847 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6848 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6849 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6850 else
6851 return 0;
6852
6853 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6854 /* add -> addi. */
6855 insn = 14 << 26;
6856 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6857 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6858 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6859 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6860 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6861 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6862 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6863 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6864 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6865 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6866 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6867 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6868 else
6869 return 0;
6870 insn |= rtra;
6871 return insn;
6872 }
6873
6874 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6875 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6876 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6877
6878 unsigned int
6879 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6880 {
6881 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6882 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6883 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6884 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6885 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6886 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6887 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6888 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6889 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6890 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6891 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6892 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6893 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6894 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6895 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6896 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6897 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6898 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6899 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6900 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6901 {
6902 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6903 }
6904 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6905 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6906 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6907 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6908 {
6909 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6910 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6911 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6912 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6913 }
6914 else
6915 insn = 0;
6916 return insn;
6917 }
6918
6919 static bool
6920 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6921 {
6922 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6923 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6924 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6925 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6926 }
6927
6928 static bool
6929 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6930 {
6931 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6932 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6933 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6934 }
6935
6936 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6937 to handle the relocations for a section.
6938
6939 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6940 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6941 zero.
6942
6943 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6944 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6945 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6946 necessary.
6947
6948 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6949 address or the reloc symbol index.
6950
6951 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6952
6953 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6954 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6955
6956 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6957 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6958
6959 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6960 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6961 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6962 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6963 accordingly. */
6964
6965 static int
6966 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6967 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6968 bfd *input_bfd,
6969 asection *input_section,
6970 bfd_byte *contents,
6971 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6972 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6973 asection **local_sections)
6974 {
6975 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6976 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6977 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6978 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6979 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6980 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6981 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6982 asection *got2;
6983 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6984 bool ret = true;
6985 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6986 bool is_vxworks_tls;
6987 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
6988 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6989
6990 #ifdef DEBUG
6991 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6992 "%ld relocations%s",
6993 input_bfd, input_section,
6994 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
6995 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6996 #endif
6997
6998 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
6999 {
7000 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7001 return false;
7002 }
7003
7004 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7005
7006 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7007 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7008 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7009
7010 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7011 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7012 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7013 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7014 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7015 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7016 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7017 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7018 ".tls_vars"));
7019 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7020 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7021 rel = wrel = relocs;
7022 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7023 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7024 {
7025 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7026 bfd_vma addend;
7027 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7028 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7029 asection *sec;
7030 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7031 const char *sym_name;
7032 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7033 unsigned long r_symndx;
7034 bfd_vma relocation;
7035 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7036 bool unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7037 bool warned;
7038 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7039 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7040 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7041
7042 again:
7043 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7044 sym = NULL;
7045 sec = NULL;
7046 h = NULL;
7047 unresolved_reloc = false;
7048 warned = false;
7049 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7050
7051 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7052 {
7053 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7054 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7055 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7056
7057 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7058 }
7059 else
7060 {
7061 bool ignored;
7062
7063 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7064 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7065 h, sec, relocation,
7066 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7067
7068 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7069 }
7070
7071 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7072 {
7073 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7074 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7075 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7076 howto = NULL;
7077 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7078 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7079
7080 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7081 contents, rel->r_offset);
7082 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7083 wrel->r_info = 0;
7084 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7085
7086 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7087 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7088 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7089 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7090 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7091 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7092 wrel--;
7093
7094 continue;
7095 }
7096
7097 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7098 {
7099 if (got2 != NULL
7100 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7101 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7102 {
7103 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7104 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7105 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7106 }
7107 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7108 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7109 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7110 goto copy_reloc;
7111 }
7112
7113 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7114 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7115 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7116 for the final instruction stream. */
7117 tls_mask = 0;
7118 tls_gd = 0;
7119 if (h != NULL)
7120 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7121 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7122 {
7123 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7124 char *lgot_masks;
7125 local_plt
7126 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7127 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7128 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7129 }
7130
7131 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7132 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7133 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7134 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7135 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7136 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7137 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7138 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7139 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7140 abort ();
7141 switch (r_type)
7142 {
7143 default:
7144 break;
7145
7146 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7147 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7148 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7149 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7150 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7151 {
7152 bfd_vma insn;
7153
7154 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7155 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7156 insn &= 31 << 21;
7157 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7158 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7159 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7160 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7161 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7162 }
7163 break;
7164
7165 case R_PPC_TLS:
7166 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7167 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7168 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7169 {
7170 bfd_vma insn;
7171
7172 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7173 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7174 if (insn == 0)
7175 abort ();
7176 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7177 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7178 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7179
7180 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7181 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7182 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7183 }
7184 break;
7185
7186 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7187 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7188 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7189 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7190 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7191 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7192 break;
7193
7194 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7195 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7196 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7197 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7198 {
7199 tls_gdld_hi:
7200 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7201 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7202 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7203 else
7204 {
7205 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7206 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7207 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7208 }
7209 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7210 }
7211 break;
7212
7213 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7214 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7215 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7216 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7217 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7218 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7219 break;
7220
7221 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7222 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7223 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7224 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7225 {
7226 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7227 bfd_vma offset;
7228
7229 tls_ldgd_opt:
7230 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7231 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7232 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7233 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7234 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7235 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7236 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7237 && rel + 1 < relend
7238 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7239 htab->tls_get_addr))
7240 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7241 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7242 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7243 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7244 intervening code. */
7245 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7246 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7247 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7248 {
7249 /* IE */
7250 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7251 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7252 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7253 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7254 {
7255 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7256 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7257 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7258 }
7259 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7260 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7261 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7262 }
7263 else
7264 {
7265 /* LE */
7266 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7267 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7268 if (tls_gd == 0)
7269 {
7270 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7271 for (r_symndx = 0;
7272 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7273 r_symndx++)
7274 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7275 break;
7276 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7277 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7278 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7279 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7280 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7281 + sec->output_offset
7282 + sec->output_section->vma);
7283 }
7284 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7285 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7286 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7287 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7288 {
7289 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7290 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7291 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7292 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7293 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7294 }
7295 }
7296 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7297 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7298 if (tls_gd == 0)
7299 {
7300 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7301 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7302 goto again;
7303 }
7304 }
7305 break;
7306
7307 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7308 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7309 && rel + 1 < relend
7310 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7311 {
7312 unsigned int insn2;
7313 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7314
7315 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7316 {
7317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7318 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7319 break;
7320 }
7321
7322 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7323 {
7324 /* IE */
7325 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7326 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7327 }
7328 else
7329 {
7330 /* LE */
7331 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7332 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7333 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7334 }
7335 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7336 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7337 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7338 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7339 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7340 }
7341 break;
7342
7343 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7344 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7345 && rel + 1 < relend
7346 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7347 {
7348 unsigned int insn2;
7349
7350 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7351 {
7352 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7353 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7354 break;
7355 }
7356
7357 for (r_symndx = 0;
7358 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7359 r_symndx++)
7360 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7361 break;
7362 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7363 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7364 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7365 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7366 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7367 + sec->output_offset
7368 + sec->output_section->vma);
7369
7370 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7371 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7372 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7373 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7374 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7375 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7376 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7377 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7378 goto again;
7379 }
7380 break;
7381 }
7382
7383 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7384 branch_bit = 0;
7385 switch (r_type)
7386 {
7387 default:
7388 break;
7389
7390 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7391 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7393 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7394 /* Fall through. */
7395
7396 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7397 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7398 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7399 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7400 {
7401 unsigned int insn;
7402
7403 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7404 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7405 insn |= branch_bit;
7406
7407 from = (rel->r_offset
7408 + input_section->output_offset
7409 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7410
7411 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7412 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7413 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7414
7415 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7416 }
7417 break;
7418
7419 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7420 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7421 {
7422 unsigned int insn;
7423
7424 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7425 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7426 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7427 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7428 {
7429 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7430 {
7431 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7432 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7433 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7434 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7435 }
7436 }
7437 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7438 info->callbacks->einfo
7439 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7440 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7441 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7442 }
7443 break;
7444 }
7445
7446 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7447 && h != NULL
7448 && !h->def_regular
7449 && h->protected_def
7450 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7451 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7452 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7453 {
7454 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7455 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7456 unsigned int insn;
7457
7458 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7459 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7460 {
7461 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7462 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7463 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7464 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7465 {
7466 bfd_byte *p;
7467 bfd_vma off;
7468 bfd_vma got_addr;
7469
7470 p = (contents + input_section->size
7471 - relax_info->workaround_size
7472 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7473 + picfixup_size);
7474 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7475 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7476 info->callbacks->einfo
7477 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7478 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7479
7480 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7481 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7482 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7483 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7484 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7485 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7486 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7487 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7488 insn &= ~0xffff;
7489 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7490 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7491
7492 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7493 insn &= ~0xffff;
7494 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7495 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7496 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7497 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7498
7499 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7500 picfixup_size += 12;
7501
7502 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7503 output is reasonable. */
7504 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7505 wrel++, rel++;
7506 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7507 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7508 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7509
7510 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7511 dynamic reloc. */
7512 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7513 }
7514 else
7515 _bfd_error_handler
7516 /* xgettext:c-format */
7517 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7518 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7519 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7520 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7521 }
7522 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
7523 && offset_in_range (input_section,
7524 rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7525 {
7526 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7527 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7528 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7529 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7530 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7531 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7532 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7533 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7534 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7535 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7536 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7537 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7538 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7539 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7540 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7541 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7542 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7543 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7544 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7545 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7546 {
7547 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7548 relocation = 0;
7549 unresolved_reloc = false;
7550 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7551 }
7552 else
7553 _bfd_error_handler
7554 /* xgettext:c-format */
7555 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7556 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7557 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7558 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7559 }
7560 }
7561
7562 ifunc = NULL;
7563 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
7564 {
7565 struct plt_entry *ent;
7566
7567 if (h != NULL)
7568 {
7569 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7570 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7571 }
7572 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7573 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7574 {
7575 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7576
7577 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7578 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7579 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7580 }
7581
7582 ent = NULL;
7583 if (ifunc != NULL
7584 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7585 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7586 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7587 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7588 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7589 {
7590 addend = 0;
7591 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7592 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7593 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7594 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7595 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7596 addend = rel->r_addend;
7597 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7598 }
7599 if (ent != NULL)
7600 {
7601 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7602 && ent->sec != got2
7603 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7604 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7605 || h == NULL
7606 || h->dynindx == -1))
7607 {
7608 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7609 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7610 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7611 apparently are using code compiled with
7612 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7613 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7614 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7615 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7616 into .got2). */
7617 info->callbacks->einfo
7618 /* xgettext:c-format */
7619 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7620 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7621 }
7622
7623 unresolved_reloc = false;
7624 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7625 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7626 || h == NULL
7627 || h->dynindx == -1)
7628 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7629 + htab->glink->output_offset
7630 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7631 else
7632 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7633 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7634 + ent->plt.offset);
7635 }
7636 }
7637
7638 addend = rel->r_addend;
7639 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7640 howto = NULL;
7641 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7642 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7643
7644 tls_type = 0;
7645 switch (r_type)
7646 {
7647 default:
7648 de_fault:
7649 if (howto)
7650 /* xgettext:c-format */
7651 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7652 input_bfd, howto->name);
7653 else
7654 /* xgettext:c-format */
7655 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"),
7656 input_bfd, r_type);
7657
7658 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7659 ret = false;
7660 goto copy_reloc;
7661
7662 case R_PPC_NONE:
7663 case R_PPC_TLS:
7664 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7665 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7666 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7667 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7668 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7669 goto copy_reloc;
7670
7671 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7672 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7673 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7674 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7675 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7676 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7677 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7678 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7679 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7680 goto dogot;
7681
7682 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7683 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7684 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7685 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7686 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7687 goto dogot;
7688
7689 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7690 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7691 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7692 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7693 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7694 goto dogot;
7695
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7698 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7699 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7700 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7701 goto dogot;
7702
7703 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7704 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7705 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7706 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7707 tls_mask = 0;
7708 dogot:
7709 {
7710 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7711 offset table. */
7712 bfd_vma off;
7713 bfd_vma *offp;
7714 unsigned long indx;
7715
7716 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7717 abort ();
7718
7719 indx = 0;
7720 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7721 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7722 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7723 else if (h != NULL)
7724 {
7725 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7726 || h->dynindx == -1
7727 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7728 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7729 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7730 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7731 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7732 because of a version file. */
7733 ;
7734 else
7735 {
7736 indx = h->dynindx;
7737 unresolved_reloc = false;
7738 }
7739 offp = &h->got.offset;
7740 }
7741 else
7742 {
7743 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7744 abort ();
7745 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7746 }
7747
7748 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7749 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7750 processed this entry. */
7751 off = *offp;
7752 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7753 off &= ~1;
7754 else
7755 {
7756 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7757 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7758 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7759 : 0);
7760
7761 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7762 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7763 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7764 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7765 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7766
7767 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7768 Initialize them all. */
7769 do
7770 {
7771 int tls_ty = 0;
7772
7773 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7774 {
7775 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7776 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7777 }
7778 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7779 {
7780 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7781 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7782 }
7783 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7784 {
7785 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7786 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7787 }
7788 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7789 {
7790 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7791 tls_m = 0;
7792 }
7793
7794 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7795 if (indx != 0
7796 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7797 && (h == NULL
7798 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7799 && !(tls_ty != 0
7800 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7801 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7802 && (h != NULL
7803 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)
7804 : sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)))
7805 {
7806 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7807 bfd_byte * loc;
7808
7809 if (ifunc != NULL)
7810 {
7811 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7812 if (indx == 0)
7813 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7814 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7815 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7816 }
7817 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7818 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7819 + off);
7820 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7821 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7822 {
7823 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7824 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7825 {
7826 loc = rsec->contents;
7827 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7828 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7829 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7830 &outrel, loc);
7831 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7832 outrel.r_info
7833 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7834 }
7835 }
7836 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7837 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7838 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7839 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7840 else if (indx != 0)
7841 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7842 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7843 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7844 else
7845 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7846 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7847 {
7848 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7849 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7850 {
7851 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7852 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7853 else
7854 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7855 }
7856 }
7857 loc = rsec->contents;
7858 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7859 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7860 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7861 }
7862
7863 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7864 emitting a reloc. */
7865 else
7866 {
7867 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7868
7869 if (tls_ty != 0)
7870 {
7871 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7872 value = 0;
7873 else
7874 {
7875 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7876 value = 0;
7877 else
7878 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7879 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7880 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7881 }
7882
7883 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7884 {
7885 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7886 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7887 value = 1;
7888 }
7889 }
7890 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7891 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7892 }
7893
7894 off += 4;
7895 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7896 off += 4;
7897 }
7898 while (tls_m != 0);
7899
7900 off = *offp;
7901 *offp = off | 1;
7902 }
7903
7904 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7905 abort ();
7906
7907 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7908 {
7909 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7910 {
7911 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7912 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7913 off += 8;
7914 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7915 {
7916 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7917 off += 8;
7918 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7919 {
7920 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7921 off += 4;
7922 }
7923 }
7924 }
7925 }
7926
7927 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7928 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7929 goto copy_reloc;
7930
7931 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7932 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7933 + off
7934 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7935
7936 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7937 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7938 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7939 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7940 if (addend != 0)
7941 info->callbacks->einfo
7942 /* xgettext:c-format */
7943 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7944 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7945 howto->name,
7946 sym_name);
7947 }
7948 break;
7949
7950 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7951 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7952 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7953 at a symbol not in this object. */
7954 if (unresolved_reloc)
7955 {
7956 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7957 h->root.root.string,
7958 input_bfd,
7959 input_section,
7960 rel->r_offset,
7961 true);
7962 goto copy_reloc;
7963 }
7964 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7965 {
7966 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7967 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7968 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7969 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7970 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7971 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7972 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7973 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7974 /* xgettext:c-format */
7975 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7976 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7977 h->root.root.string);
7978 }
7979 break;
7980
7981 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7982 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7983 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7984 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
7985 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7986 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7987 break;
7988
7989 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7990 object. */
7991 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
7992 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7993 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
7994 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7995 if (h != NULL
7996 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7997 && h->dynindx == -1
7998 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7999 {
8000 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8001 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8002 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8003 defined before using them. */
8004 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8005 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8006 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8007 if (insn != 0)
8008 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8009 break;
8010 }
8011 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8012 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8013 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8014 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8015 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8016 goto dodyn;
8017
8018 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8019 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8020 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8021 goto dodyn;
8022
8023 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8024 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8025 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8026 goto dodyn;
8027
8028 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8029 relocation = 1;
8030 addend = 0;
8031 goto dodyn;
8032
8033 case R_PPC_REL16:
8034 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8035 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8036 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8037 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8038 break;
8039
8040 case R_PPC_REL32:
8041 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8042 break;
8043 /* fall through */
8044
8045 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8046 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8047 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8048 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8049 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8050 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8051 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8052 goto dodyn;
8053
8054 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8055 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8056 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8057 case R_PPC_REL24:
8058 case R_PPC_REL14:
8059 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8060 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8061 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8062 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8063 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8064 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8065 break;
8066 /* fall through */
8067
8068 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8069 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8070 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8071 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8072 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8073 break;
8074 /* fall through */
8075
8076 dodyn:
8077 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8078 || is_vxworks_tls)
8079 break;
8080
8081 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8082 ? ((h == NULL
8083 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8084 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8085 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8086 : (h != NULL
8087 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8088 {
8089 int skip;
8090 bfd_byte *loc;
8091 asection *sreloc;
8092 long indx = 0;
8093
8094 #ifdef DEBUG
8095 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8096 "create relocation for %s\n",
8097 (h && h->root.root.string
8098 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8099 #endif
8100
8101 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8102 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8103 time. */
8104 skip = 0;
8105 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8106 input_section,
8107 rel->r_offset);
8108 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8109 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8110 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8111 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8112 + input_section->output_offset);
8113
8114 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8115 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8116 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8117 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8118 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8119 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8120 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8121
8122 if (skip)
8123 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8124 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8125 {
8126 indx = h->dynindx;
8127 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8128 unresolved_reloc = false;
8129 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8130 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8131 }
8132 else
8133 {
8134 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8135
8136 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8137 {
8138 if (ifunc != NULL)
8139 {
8140 /* If we get here when building a static
8141 executable, then the libc startup function
8142 responsible for applying indirect function
8143 relocations is going to complain about
8144 the reloc type.
8145 If we get here when building a dynamic
8146 executable, it will be because we have
8147 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8148 will set the text segment writable and
8149 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8150 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8151 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8152 info->callbacks->einfo
8153 /* xgettext:c-format */
8154 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8155 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8156 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8157 howto->name,
8158 sym_name);
8159 ret = false;
8160 }
8161 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8162 ;
8163 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8164 {
8165 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8166 ret = false;
8167 }
8168 else
8169 {
8170 asection *osec;
8171
8172 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8173 against a section symbol. It would be
8174 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8175 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8176 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8177 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8178 osec = sec->output_section;
8179 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8180 {
8181 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8182 indx = 0;
8183 }
8184 else
8185 {
8186 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8187 if (indx == 0)
8188 {
8189 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8190 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8191 }
8192 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8193 }
8194
8195 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8196 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8197 addend for them. */
8198 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8199 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8200 }
8201
8202 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8203 }
8204 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8205 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8206 else
8207 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8208 }
8209
8210 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8211 if (ifunc)
8212 {
8213 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8214 if (indx == 0)
8215 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8216 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8217 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8218 }
8219 if (sreloc == NULL)
8220 return false;
8221
8222 loc = sreloc->contents;
8223 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8224 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8225
8226 if (skip == -1)
8227 goto copy_reloc;
8228
8229 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8230 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8231 if (!skip)
8232 {
8233 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8234 addend = 0;
8235 break;
8236 }
8237 }
8238 break;
8239
8240 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8241 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8242 if (h != NULL)
8243 {
8244 struct plt_entry *ent;
8245 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8246
8247 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8248 {
8249 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8250 got2_addend = addend;
8251 addend = 0;
8252 }
8253 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8254 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8255 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8256 + htab->glink->output_offset
8257 + ent->glink_offset);
8258 else
8259 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8260 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8261 + ent->plt.offset);
8262 }
8263 /* Fall through. */
8264
8265 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8266 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8267 ? offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - 12,
8268 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) * 4)
8269 : offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset,
8270 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry) * 4))
8271 {
8272 const int *stub;
8273 size_t size;
8274 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8275 unsigned int insn;
8276
8277 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8278 {
8279 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8280 + input_section->output_offset
8281 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8282 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8283 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8284 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8285 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8286 stub += 3;
8287 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8288 }
8289 else
8290 {
8291 stub = stub_entry;
8292 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8293 }
8294
8295 relocation += addend;
8296 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8297 relocation = 0;
8298
8299 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8300 insn = *stub++;
8301 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8302 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8303 insn_offset += 4;
8304
8305 insn = *stub++;
8306 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8308 insn_offset += 4;
8309 size -= 2;
8310
8311 while (size != 0)
8312 {
8313 insn = *stub++;
8314 --size;
8315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8316 insn_offset += 4;
8317 }
8318
8319 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8320 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8321 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8322 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8323 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8324 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8325 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8326 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8327 wrel++, rel++;
8328 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8329 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8330 }
8331 else
8332 goto de_fault;
8333 continue;
8334
8335 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8336 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8337 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8338 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8339 {
8340 unresolved_reloc = true;
8341 break;
8342 }
8343 relocation
8344 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8345 h, relocation, rel);
8346 addend = 0;
8347 break;
8348
8349 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8350 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8351 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8352 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8353 {
8354 unresolved_reloc = true;
8355 break;
8356 }
8357 relocation
8358 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8359 h, relocation, rel);
8360 addend = 0;
8361 break;
8362
8363 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8364 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8365 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8366 AIX .toc section. */
8367 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8368 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8369 {
8370 unresolved_reloc = true;
8371 break;
8372 }
8373 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8374 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8375
8376 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8377 break;
8378
8379 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8380 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8381 {
8382 struct plt_entry *ent;
8383
8384 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8385 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8386 if (ent == NULL
8387 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8388 {
8389 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8390 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8391 using -Bsymbolic. */
8392 }
8393 else
8394 {
8395 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8396 procedure linkage table. */
8397 unresolved_reloc = false;
8398 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8399 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8400 + htab->glink->output_offset
8401 + ent->glink_offset);
8402 else
8403 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8404 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8405 + ent->plt.offset);
8406 }
8407 }
8408
8409 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8410 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8411 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8412 addend = 0;
8413 break;
8414
8415 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8416 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8417 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8418 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8419 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8420 plt_list = NULL;
8421 if (h != NULL)
8422 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8423 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8424 plt_list = ifunc;
8425 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8426 {
8427 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8428 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8429 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8430 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8431 }
8432 unresolved_reloc = true;
8433 if (plt_list != NULL)
8434 {
8435 struct plt_entry *ent;
8436
8437 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8438 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8439 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8440 {
8441 asection *plt;
8442
8443 unresolved_reloc = false;
8444 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8445 if (use_local_plt (info, h))
8446 {
8447 if (ifunc != NULL)
8448 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8449 else
8450 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8451 }
8452 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8453 + plt->output_offset
8454 + ent->plt.offset);
8455 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8456 {
8457 bfd_vma got = 0;
8458
8459 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8460 got = (ent->addend
8461 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8462 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8463 else
8464 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8465 relocation -= got;
8466 }
8467 }
8468 }
8469 addend = 0;
8470 break;
8471
8472 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8473 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8474 {
8475 const char *name;
8476 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8477
8478 if (sec == NULL
8479 || sec->output_section == NULL
8480 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8481 {
8482 unresolved_reloc = true;
8483 break;
8484 }
8485 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8486
8487 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8488 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8489 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8490 {
8491 _bfd_error_handler
8492 /* xgettext:c-format */
8493 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8494 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8495 input_bfd,
8496 sym_name,
8497 howto->name,
8498 name);
8499 }
8500 }
8501 break;
8502
8503 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8504 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8505 {
8506 const char *name;
8507 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8508
8509 if (sec == NULL
8510 || sec->output_section == NULL
8511 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8512 {
8513 unresolved_reloc = true;
8514 break;
8515 }
8516 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8517
8518 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8519 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8520 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8521 {
8522 _bfd_error_handler
8523 /* xgettext:c-format */
8524 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8525 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8526 input_bfd,
8527 sym_name,
8528 howto->name,
8529 name);
8530 }
8531 }
8532 break;
8533
8534 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8535 relocation = relocation + addend;
8536 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8537 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8538 split16a_type,
8539 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8540 goto report_reloc;
8541
8542 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8543 relocation = relocation + addend;
8544 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8545 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8546 split16d_type,
8547 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8548 goto report_reloc;
8549
8550 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8551 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8552 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8553 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8554 split16a_type,
8555 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8556 goto report_reloc;
8557
8558 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8559 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8560 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8561 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8562 split16d_type,
8563 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8564 goto report_reloc;
8565
8566 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8567 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8568 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8569 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8570 split16a_type,
8571 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8572 goto report_reloc;
8573
8574 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8575 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8576 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8577 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8578 split16d_type,
8579 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8580 goto report_reloc;
8581
8582 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8583 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8584 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8585 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8586 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8587 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8588 {
8589 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8590 goto report_reloc;
8591 }
8592 else
8593 {
8594 const char *name;
8595 int reg;
8596 unsigned int insn;
8597 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8598
8599 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8600 {
8601 unresolved_reloc = true;
8602 break;
8603 }
8604
8605 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8606 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8607 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8608 {
8609 reg = 13;
8610 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8611 }
8612 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8613 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8614 {
8615 reg = 2;
8616 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8617 }
8618 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8619 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8620 {
8621 reg = 0;
8622 }
8623 else
8624 {
8625 _bfd_error_handler
8626 /* xgettext:c-format */
8627 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8628 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8629 input_bfd,
8630 sym_name,
8631 howto->name,
8632 name);
8633
8634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8635 ret = false;
8636 goto copy_reloc;
8637 }
8638
8639 if (sda != NULL)
8640 {
8641 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8642 {
8643 unresolved_reloc = true;
8644 break;
8645 }
8646 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8647 }
8648
8649 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8650 break;
8651
8652 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8653 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8654 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8655 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8656 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8657 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8658 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8659 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8660 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8661
8662 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8663 if (reg == 0
8664 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8665 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8666 {
8667 relocation = relocation + addend;
8668 addend = 0;
8669
8670 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8671 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8672 insn |= 28u << 26;
8673
8674 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8675 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8676 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8677 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8678 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8679 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8680 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8681
8682 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8683
8684 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8685 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8686 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8687 r = bfd_reloc_overflow;
8688 goto report_reloc;
8689 }
8690 /* Fill in register field. */
8691 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8692 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8693 }
8694 break;
8695
8696 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8697 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8698 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8699 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8700 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8701 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8702 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8703 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8704 else
8705 {
8706 bfd_vma value;
8707 const char *name;
8708 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8709
8710 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8711 {
8712 unresolved_reloc = true;
8713 break;
8714 }
8715
8716 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8717 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8718 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8719 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8720 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8721 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8722 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8723 else
8724 {
8725 _bfd_error_handler
8726 /* xgettext:c-format */
8727 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8728 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8729 input_bfd,
8730 sym_name,
8731 howto->name,
8732 name);
8733
8734 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8735 ret = false;
8736 goto copy_reloc;
8737 }
8738
8739 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8740 {
8741 unresolved_reloc = true;
8742 break;
8743 }
8744 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8745
8746 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8747 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8748 rel->r_offset,
8749 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8750 split16a_type,
8751 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8752 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8753 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8754 rel->r_offset,
8755 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8756 split16d_type,
8757 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8758 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8759 {
8760 value = value >> 16;
8761 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8762 rel->r_offset,
8763 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8764 split16a_type,
8765 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8766 }
8767 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8768 {
8769 value = value >> 16;
8770 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8771 rel->r_offset,
8772 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8773 split16d_type,
8774 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8775 }
8776 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8777 {
8778 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8779 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8780 rel->r_offset,
8781 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8782 split16a_type,
8783 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8784 }
8785 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8786 {
8787 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8788 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8789 rel->r_offset,
8790 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8791 split16d_type,
8792 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8793 }
8794 else
8795 abort ();
8796 }
8797 goto report_reloc;
8798
8799 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8800 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8801 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8802 else
8803 {
8804 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset,
8805 relocation);
8806 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8807 }
8808 goto report_reloc;
8809
8810 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8811 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8812 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8813 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8814 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8815 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8816 {
8817 unresolved_reloc = true;
8818 break;
8819 }
8820 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8821 break;
8822
8823 /* Negative relocations. */
8824 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8825 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8826 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8827 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8828 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8829 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8830 break;
8831
8832 case R_PPC_COPY:
8833 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8834 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8835 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8836 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8837 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8838 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8839 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8840 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8841 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8842 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8843 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8844 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8845 /* xgettext:c-format */
8846 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8847 input_bfd, howto->name);
8848
8849 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8850 ret = false;
8851 goto copy_reloc;
8852 }
8853
8854 switch (r_type)
8855 {
8856 default:
8857 break;
8858
8859 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8860 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8861 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8862 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8863
8864 {
8865 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8866 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8867 }
8868 break;
8869
8870 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8871 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8872 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8873 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8874 {
8875 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8876 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8877 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
8878 insn |= 2 << 16;
8879 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8880 }
8881 break;
8882 }
8883
8884 switch (r_type)
8885 {
8886 default:
8887 break;
8888
8889 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8890 if (unresolved_reloc)
8891 {
8892 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8893 {
8894 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8895 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8896 insn &= 1;
8897 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8898 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8899 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8900 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8901 }
8902 }
8903 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8904 info->callbacks->einfo
8905 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8906 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8907 howto->name);
8908 break;
8909
8910 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8911 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8912 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8913 if (unresolved_reloc)
8914 {
8915 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8916 {
8917 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8918 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8919 unresolved_reloc = false;
8920 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8921 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8922 }
8923 }
8924 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8925 info->callbacks->einfo
8926 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8927 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8928 howto->name);
8929 break;
8930 }
8931
8932 /* Do any further special processing. */
8933 switch (r_type)
8934 {
8935 default:
8936 break;
8937
8938 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8939 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8940 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8941 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8942 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8943 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8944 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8945 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8946 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8947 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8948 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8949 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8950 if (sec == NULL)
8951 break;
8952 /* Fall through. */
8953
8954 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8955 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8956 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8957 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8958 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8959 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8960 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8961 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8962 addend += 0x8000;
8963 break;
8964
8965 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8966 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8967 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8968 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8969 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8970 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8971 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8972 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8973 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8974 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8975 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8976 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8977 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8978 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8979 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8980 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8981 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8982 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8983 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8984 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
8985 {
8986 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8987 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8988 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8989 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
8990
8991 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
8992 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
8993 mask = 0;
8994 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
8995 mask = 3;
8996 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
8997 mask = 15;
8998 else
8999 break;
9000 relocation += addend;
9001 addend = insn & mask;
9002 lobit = mask & relocation;
9003 if (lobit != 0)
9004 {
9005 relocation ^= lobit;
9006 info->callbacks->einfo
9007 /* xgettext:c-format */
9008 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
9009 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9010 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
9011 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9012 ret = false;
9013 }
9014 }
9015 break;
9016 }
9017
9018 #ifdef DEBUG
9019 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
9020 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
9021 howto->name,
9022 (int) r_type,
9023 sym_name,
9024 r_symndx,
9025 (long) rel->r_offset,
9026 (long) addend);
9027 #endif
9028
9029 if (unresolved_reloc
9030 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
9031 && h->def_dynamic)
9032 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
9033 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
9034 {
9035 info->callbacks->einfo
9036 /* xgettext:c-format */
9037 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
9038 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9039 howto->name,
9040 sym_name);
9041 ret = false;
9042 }
9043
9044 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9045 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9046 have different reloc types. */
9047 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
9048 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
9049 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
9050 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
9051 {
9052 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
9053
9054 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
9055 {
9056 unsigned int insn;
9057
9058 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
9059 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9060 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
9061 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9062 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9063 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9064 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9065 }
9066 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9067 {
9068 alt_howto = *howto;
9069 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9070 howto = &alt_howto;
9071 }
9072 }
9073
9074 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9075 {
9076 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9077 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
9078 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9079 else
9080 {
9081 unsigned int insn;
9082
9083 relocation += addend;
9084 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9085 + input_section->output_offset
9086 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9087 relocation >>= 16;
9088 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9089 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9090 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9091 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9092 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9093 }
9094 }
9095 else
9096 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9097 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9098
9099 report_reloc:
9100 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9101 {
9102 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9103 {
9104 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9105 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9106 if (!warned
9107 && !(h != NULL
9108 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9109 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9110 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9111 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9112 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9113 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9114 }
9115 else
9116 {
9117 info->callbacks->einfo
9118 /* xgettext:c-format */
9119 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9120 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9121 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9122 ret = false;
9123 }
9124 }
9125 copy_reloc:
9126 if (wrel != rel)
9127 *wrel = *rel;
9128 }
9129
9130 if (wrel != rel)
9131 {
9132 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9133 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9134
9135 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9136 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9137 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9138 {
9139 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9140 one NONE reloc.
9141 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9142 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9143 deleted -= 1;
9144 wrel++;
9145 }
9146 relend = wrel;
9147 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9148 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9149 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9150 }
9151
9152 #ifdef DEBUG
9153 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9154 #endif
9155
9156 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9157 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9158 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9159 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9160 {
9161 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9162 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9163 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9164 }
9165
9166 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9167 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9168 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9169 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9170 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9171 {
9172 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9173 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9174
9175 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9176 {
9177 bfd_byte *p;
9178 unsigned int n;
9179 bfd_byte fill[4];
9180
9181 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9182 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9183 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9184 while (n--)
9185 {
9186 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9187 p += 4;
9188 }
9189 }
9190
9191 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9192 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9193 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9194 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9195 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9196
9197 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9198 + input_section->output_offset);
9199 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9200 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9201 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9202 addr < end_addr;
9203 addr += pagesize)
9204 {
9205 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9206 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9207 bool is_data;
9208 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9209 unsigned int insn;
9210
9211 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9212 the word alone. */
9213 is_data = false;
9214 lo = relocs;
9215 hi = relend;
9216 rel = NULL;
9217 while (lo < hi)
9218 {
9219 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9220 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9221 lo = rel + 1;
9222 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9223 hi = rel;
9224 else
9225 {
9226 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9227 {
9228 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9229 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9230 case R_PPC_REL32:
9231 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9232 is_data = true;
9233 break;
9234 default:
9235 break;
9236 }
9237 break;
9238 }
9239 }
9240 if (is_data)
9241 continue;
9242
9243 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9244 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9245 avoid the icache failure.
9246
9247 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9248 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9249 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9250 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9251 unconditional branches:
9252 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9253 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9254 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9255 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9256 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9257 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9258 instruction is not executed.
9259
9260 A bctr example:
9261 .
9262 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9263 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9264 . mtctr 9
9265 . bctr
9266 . nop
9267 . nop
9268 . new_page:
9269 .
9270 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9271 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9272 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9273 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9274 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9275 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9276 place:
9277 .
9278 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9279 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9280 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9281 . bctr bctr
9282 . nop b somewhere_else
9283 . b somewhere_else nop
9284 . new_page: new_page:
9285 . */
9286 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9287 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9288 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9289 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9290 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9291 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9292 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9293 continue;
9294
9295 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9296 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9297 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9298 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9299 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9300
9301 if (rel != NULL
9302 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9303 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9304 {
9305 asection *sreloc;
9306
9307 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9308 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9309 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9310 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9311 {
9312 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9313
9314 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9315 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9316 relend[-1] = tmp;
9317 }
9318 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9319
9320 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9321 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9322 {
9323 case R_PPC_REL16:
9324 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9325 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9326 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9327 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9328 break;
9329 default:
9330 break;
9331 }
9332
9333 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9334 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9335 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9336 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9337 if (sreloc != NULL)
9338 {
9339 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9340 bfd_vma soffset;
9341
9342 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9343 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9344 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9345 + input_section->output_offset);
9346 while (slo < shi)
9347 {
9348 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9349 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9350 &outrel);
9351 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9352 slo = srel + 1;
9353 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9354 shi = srel;
9355 else
9356 {
9357 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9358 {
9359 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9360 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9361 srel = srelend - 1;
9362 }
9363 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9364 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9365 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9366 break;
9367 }
9368 }
9369 }
9370 }
9371 else
9372 rel = NULL;
9373
9374 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9375 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9376 {
9377 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9378
9379 delta += offset - patch_off;
9380 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9381 delta = 0;
9382 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9383 {
9384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9385
9386 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9387 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9388 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9389 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9390 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9391 else
9392 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9393
9394 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9395 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9396 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9397 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9398 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9399 }
9400 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9401 {
9402 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9403 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9404 contents + patch_off);
9405 patch_off += 4;
9406 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9407 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9408 contents + patch_off);
9409 patch_off += 4;
9410 }
9411 else
9412 {
9413 if (rel != NULL)
9414 {
9415 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9416
9417 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9418 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9419 }
9420 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9421 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9422 contents + patch_off);
9423 patch_off += 4;
9424 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9425 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9426 contents + patch_off);
9427 patch_off += 4;
9428 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9429 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9430 contents + patch_off);
9431 patch_off += 4;
9432 }
9433 }
9434 else
9435 {
9436 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9437 patch_off += 4;
9438 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9439 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9440 contents + patch_off);
9441 patch_off += 4;
9442 }
9443 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9444 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9445 }
9446 }
9447
9448 return ret;
9449 }
9450 \f
9451 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9452
9453 static bool
9454 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9455 {
9456 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9457 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9458 struct plt_entry *ent;
9459 bool doneone;
9460
9461 doneone = false;
9462 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9463 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9464 {
9465 bool dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
9466
9467 if (!doneone)
9468 {
9469 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9470 bfd_byte *loc;
9471 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9472 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9473 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9474
9475 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9476 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9477 else
9478 {
9479 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9480 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9481 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9482 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9483 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9484 }
9485
9486 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9487 Set it up. */
9488 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && dyn)
9489 {
9490 bfd_vma got_offset;
9491 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9492
9493 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9494 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9495
9496 /* Use the right PLT. */
9497 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9498 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9499
9500 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9501 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9502 {
9503 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9504 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9505 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9506 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9507 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9508 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9509 }
9510 else
9511 {
9512 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9513
9514 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9515 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9516 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9517 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9518 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9519 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9520 }
9521
9522 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9523 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9524 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9525 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9526
9527 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9528 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9529 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9530 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9531 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9532 prescaled offset. */
9533 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9534 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9535 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9536 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9537 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9538 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9539 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9540 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9541 offset. */
9542 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9543 (plt_entry[5]
9544 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9545 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9546 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9547 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9548 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9549 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9550
9551 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9552 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9553 in this PLT entry. */
9554 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9555 + plt->output_offset
9556 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9557 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9558
9559 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9560 {
9561 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9562 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9563 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9564 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9565 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9566
9567 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9568 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9569 + plt->output_offset
9570 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9571 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9572 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9573 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9574 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9575 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9576
9577 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9578 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9579 + plt->output_offset
9580 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9581 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9582 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9583 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9584 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9585 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9586
9587 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9588 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9589 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9590 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9591 + got_offset);
9592 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9593 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9594 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9595 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9596 }
9597
9598 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9599 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9600 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9601 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9602 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9603 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9604 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9605 + got_offset);
9606 rela.r_addend = 0;
9607 }
9608 else
9609 {
9610 rela.r_addend = 0;
9611 if (!dyn)
9612 {
9613 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9614 {
9615 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9616 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9617 }
9618 else
9619 {
9620 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9621 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9622 }
9623 if (h->def_regular
9624 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9625 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9626 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9627 }
9628
9629 if (relplt == NULL)
9630 {
9631 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9632 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9633 }
9634 else
9635 {
9636 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9637 + plt->output_offset
9638 + ent->plt.offset);
9639
9640 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !dyn)
9641 {
9642 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9643 linker will fill it in. */
9644 }
9645 else
9646 {
9647 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9648 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9649 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9650 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9651 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9652 }
9653 }
9654 }
9655
9656 if (relplt != NULL)
9657 {
9658 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9659 if (!dyn)
9660 {
9661 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9662 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9663 else
9664 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9665 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9666 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9667 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9668 }
9669 else
9670 {
9671 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9672 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9673 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9674 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9675 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9676 }
9677 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9678 }
9679 doneone = true;
9680 }
9681
9682 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9683 {
9684 unsigned char *p;
9685 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9686
9687 if (!dyn)
9688 {
9689 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9690 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9691 else
9692 break;
9693 }
9694
9695 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9696 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9697
9698 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9699 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9700 break;
9701 }
9702 else
9703 break;
9704 }
9705 return true;
9706 }
9707
9708 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9709
9710 bool
9711 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9712 {
9713 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9714 bfd *ibfd;
9715
9716 if (!htab)
9717 return true;
9718
9719 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9720
9721 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9722 {
9723 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9724 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9725 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9726 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9727 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9728 struct plt_entry *ent;
9729
9730 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9731 continue;
9732
9733 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9734 if (!local_got)
9735 continue;
9736
9737 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9738 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9739 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9740 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9741 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9742 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9743 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9744 {
9745 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9746 {
9747 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9748 asection *sym_sec;
9749 asection *plt, *relplt;
9750 bfd_byte *loc;
9751 bfd_vma val;
9752 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9753 unsigned char *p;
9754
9755 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9756 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9757 {
9758 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9759 free (local_syms);
9760 return false;
9761 }
9762
9763 val = sym->st_value;
9764 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9765 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9766
9767 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9768 {
9769 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9770 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9771 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9772 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9773 }
9774 else
9775 {
9776 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9777 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9778 {
9779 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9780 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9781 }
9782 else
9783 {
9784 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9785 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9786 continue;
9787 }
9788 }
9789
9790 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9791 + plt->output_offset
9792 + plt->output_section->vma);
9793 rela.r_addend = val;
9794 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9795 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9796 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9797
9798 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9799 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9800 }
9801 }
9802
9803 if (local_syms != NULL
9804 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9805 {
9806 if (!info->keep_memory)
9807 free (local_syms);
9808 else
9809 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9810 }
9811 }
9812 return true;
9813 }
9814
9815 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9816 dynamic sections here. */
9817
9818 static bool
9819 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9820 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9821 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9822 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9823 {
9824 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9825 struct plt_entry *ent;
9826
9827 #ifdef DEBUG
9828 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9829 h->root.root.string);
9830 #endif
9831
9832 if (!h->def_regular
9833 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9834 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9835 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9836 {
9837 if (!h->def_regular)
9838 {
9839 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9840 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9841 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9842 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9843 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9844 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9845 to zero. */
9846 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9847 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9848 sym->st_value = 0;
9849 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9850 {
9851 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9852 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9853 function pointer. */
9854 sym->st_value = 0;
9855 }
9856 }
9857 else
9858 {
9859 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9860 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9861 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9862 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9863 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9864 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9865 relocation. */
9866 sym->st_shndx
9867 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9868 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9869 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9870 + htab->glink->output_offset
9871 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9872 }
9873 break;
9874 }
9875
9876 if (h->needs_copy)
9877 {
9878 asection *s;
9879 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9880 bfd_byte *loc;
9881
9882 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9883
9884 #ifdef DEBUG
9885 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9886 #endif
9887
9888 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9889
9890 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9891 s = htab->relsbss;
9892 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9893 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9894 else
9895 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9896 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9897
9898 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9899 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9900 rela.r_addend = 0;
9901 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9902 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9903 }
9904
9905 #ifdef DEBUG
9906 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9907 #endif
9908
9909 return true;
9910 }
9911 \f
9912 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9913 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9914 const asection *rel_sec,
9915 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9916 {
9917 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9918
9919 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9920 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9921
9922 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9923 {
9924 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9925 return reloc_class_relative;
9926 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9927 return reloc_class_plt;
9928 case R_PPC_COPY:
9929 return reloc_class_copy;
9930 default:
9931 return reloc_class_normal;
9932 }
9933 }
9934 \f
9935 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9936
9937 static bool
9938 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9939 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9940 {
9941 asection *sdyn;
9942 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9943 bfd_vma got;
9944 bfd *dynobj;
9945 bool ret = true;
9946
9947 #ifdef DEBUG
9948 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9949 #endif
9950
9951 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9952 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9953 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9954
9955 got = 0;
9956 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9957 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9958
9959 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9960 {
9961 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9962
9963 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9964
9965 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9966 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9967 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9968 {
9969 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9970 asection *s;
9971
9972 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9973
9974 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9975 {
9976 case DT_PLTGOT:
9977 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
9978 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9979 else
9980 s = htab->elf.splt;
9981 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9982 break;
9983
9984 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9985 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9986 break;
9987
9988 case DT_JMPREL:
9989 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9990 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9991 break;
9992
9993 case DT_PPC_GOT:
9994 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
9995 break;
9996
9997 case DT_TEXTREL:
9998 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
9999 info->callbacks->einfo
10000 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10001 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10002 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
10003 info->callbacks->einfo
10004 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10005 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10006 continue;
10007
10008 default:
10009 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10010 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10011 break;
10012 continue;
10013 }
10014
10015 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
10016 }
10017 }
10018
10019 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
10020 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10021 {
10022 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
10023 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
10024 {
10025 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
10026
10027 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
10028 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
10029 {
10030 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
10031 so that a function can easily find the address of
10032 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10033 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
10034 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
10036 }
10037
10038 if (sdyn != NULL)
10039 {
10040 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
10041 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
10042 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
10044 }
10045 }
10046 else
10047 {
10048 /* xgettext:c-format */
10049 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10050 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
10051 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
10052 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
10053 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10054 ret = false;
10055 }
10056
10057 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10058 }
10059
10060 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10061 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10062 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10063 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10064 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10065 {
10066 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10067 /* Use the right PLT. */
10068 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10069 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10070 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10071
10072 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10073 {
10074 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10075
10076 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10077 splt->contents + 0);
10078 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10079 splt->contents + 4);
10080 }
10081 else
10082 {
10083 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10084 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10085 }
10086 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10087 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10088 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10089 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10090 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10091 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10092
10093 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10094 {
10095 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10096 bfd_byte *loc;
10097
10098 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10099
10100 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10101 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10102 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10103 + 2);
10104 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10105 rela.r_addend = 0;
10106 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10107 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10108
10109 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10110 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10111 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10112 + 6);
10113 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10114 rela.r_addend = 0;
10115 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10116 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10117
10118 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10119 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10120 in which symbols were output. */
10121 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10122 {
10123 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10124
10125 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10126 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10127 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10128 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10129
10130 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10131 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10132 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10133 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10134
10135 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10136 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10137 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10138 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10139 }
10140 }
10141 }
10142
10143 if (htab->glink != NULL
10144 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10145 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10146 {
10147 unsigned char *p;
10148 unsigned char *endp;
10149 bfd_vma res0;
10150
10151 /*
10152 * PIC glink code is the following:
10153 *
10154 * # ith PLT code stub.
10155 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10156 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10157 * mtctr 11
10158 * bctr
10159 *
10160 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10161 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10162 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10163 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10164 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10165 * .
10166 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10167 * res_n_m3: nop
10168 * res_n_m2: nop
10169 * res_n_m1:
10170 *
10171 * PLTresolve:
10172 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10173 * mflr 0
10174 * bcl 20,31,1f
10175 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10176 * mflr 12
10177 * mtlr 0
10178 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10179 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10180 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10181 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10182 * mtctr 0
10183 * add 0,11,11
10184 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10185 * bctr
10186 *
10187 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10188 *
10189 * # ith PLT code stub.
10190 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10191 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10192 * mtctr 11
10193 * bctr
10194 *
10195 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10196 *
10197 * PLTresolve:
10198 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10199 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10200 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10201 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10202 * mtctr 0
10203 * add 0,11,11
10204 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10205 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10206 * bctr
10207 */
10208
10209 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10210 and perhaps some padding. */
10211 p = htab->glink->contents;
10212 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10213 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10214 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10215 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10216 {
10217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10218 p += 4;
10219 }
10220 while (p < endp)
10221 {
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10223 p += 4;
10224 }
10225
10226 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10227 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10228 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10229
10230 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10231 {
10232 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10233 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10234 glink branch table. */
10235 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10236 bfd_vma page_addr;
10237 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10238 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10239
10240 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10241 page_addr > glink_start;
10242 page_addr -= pagesize)
10243 {
10244 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10245 bfd_byte *loc;
10246 unsigned int insn;
10247
10248 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10249 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10250 if (insn == BCTR)
10251 {
10252 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10253 one other call stub before this one. */
10254 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10255 if (insn == BCTR)
10256 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10257 else
10258 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10259 }
10260 }
10261 }
10262
10263 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10264 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10265 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10266 {
10267 bfd_vma bcl;
10268
10269 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10270 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10271 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10272
10273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10274 p += 4;
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10276 p += 4;
10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10278 p += 4;
10279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10280 p += 4;
10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10282 p += 4;
10283 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10284 p += 4;
10285 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10286 p += 4;
10287 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10288 p += 4;
10289 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10290 {
10291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10292 p += 4;
10293 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10294 p += 4;
10295 }
10296 else
10297 {
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10299 p += 4;
10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10301 p += 4;
10302 }
10303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10304 p += 4;
10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10306 }
10307 else
10308 {
10309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10310 p += 4;
10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10312 p += 4;
10313 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10314 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10315 else
10316 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10317 p += 4;
10318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10319 p += 4;
10320 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10321 p += 4;
10322 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10323 p += 4;
10324 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10325 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10326 else
10327 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10328 }
10329 p += 4;
10330 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10331 p += 4;
10332 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10333 p += 4;
10334 while (p < endp)
10335 {
10336 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10337 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10338 p += 4;
10339 }
10340 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10341 }
10342
10343 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10344 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10345 {
10346 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10347 bfd_vma val;
10348
10349 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10350 /* FDE length. */
10351 p += 4;
10352 /* CIE pointer. */
10353 p += 4;
10354 /* Offset to .glink. */
10355 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10356 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10357 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10358 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10359 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10360 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10361
10362 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10363 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10364 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10365 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10366 return false;
10367 }
10368
10369 return ret;
10370 }
10371 \f
10372 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10373 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10374 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10375 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10376 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10377 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10378 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10379 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10380 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10381 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10382
10383 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10384 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10385 #endif
10386
10387 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10388 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10389 #endif
10390
10391 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10392 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10393 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10394 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10395 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10396 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10397
10398 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10399 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10400 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10401 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10402 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10403 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10404 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10405 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10406
10407 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10408 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10409 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10410 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10411 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10412 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10413 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10414 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10415 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10416 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10417 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10418 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10419 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10420 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10421 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10422 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10423 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10424 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10425 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10426 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10427 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10428 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10429 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10430 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10431 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10432 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10433 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10434 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10435 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10436
10437 #include "elf32-target.h"
10438
10439 /* FreeBSD Target */
10440
10441 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10442 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10443
10444 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10445 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10446 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10447 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10448
10449 #undef ELF_OSABI
10450 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10451
10452 #undef elf32_bed
10453 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10454
10455 #include "elf32-target.h"
10456
10457 /* VxWorks Target */
10458
10459 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10460 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10461
10462 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10463 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10464 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10465 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10466
10467 #undef ELF_OSABI
10468
10469 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10470 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10471
10472 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10473 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10474 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10475 {
10476 if (sec->name == NULL)
10477 return NULL;
10478
10479 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10480 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10481
10482 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10483 }
10484
10485 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10486 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10487 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10488 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10489 {
10490 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10491
10492 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10493 if (ret)
10494 {
10495 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10496 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10497 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10498 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10499 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10500 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10501 }
10502 return ret;
10503 }
10504
10505 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10506 static bool
10507 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10508 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10509 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10510 const char **namep,
10511 flagword *flagsp,
10512 asection **secp,
10513 bfd_vma *valp)
10514 {
10515 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10516 valp))
10517 return false;
10518
10519 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10520 }
10521
10522 static bool
10523 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10524 {
10525 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10526 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10527 }
10528
10529 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10530 define it. */
10531 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10532 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10533 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10534 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10535 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10536 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10537 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10538 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10539 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10540 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10541 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10542 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10543 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10544 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10545
10546 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10547
10548 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10549 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10550 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10551 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10552 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10553 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10554 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10555 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10556 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10557 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10558 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10559 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10560 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10561 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10562 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10563 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10564 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10565 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10566
10567 #undef elf32_bed
10568 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10569
10570 #include "elf32-target.h"